diff --git a/locale/sources/administration.pot b/locale/sources/administration.pot index 85406974c..64d7d5de5 100644 --- a/locale/sources/administration.pot +++ b/locale/sources/administration.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo saas-16.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-27 15:04+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-08-18 05:58+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -1842,7 +1842,7 @@ msgid "Your domain name is directly linked to your database, but you still have msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:116 -msgid "Free domain names are also available for free Odoo Online databases (if you installed one app only, for example). In this case, Odoo reviews your request and your website to avoid abuse. This process may take up to three days." +msgid "Free domain names are also available for free Odoo Online databases (if you installed one app only, for example). In this case, Odoo reviews your request and your website to avoid abuse. This process can take several days due to the success of the offer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:119 @@ -3297,20 +3297,19 @@ msgid "End of support" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:36 -msgid "Odoo saas~16.3" +msgid "Odoo saas~16.4" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:37 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:43 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:55 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:56 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:57 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:73 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:74 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:75 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:61 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:63 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:79 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:80 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:81 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:85 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:86 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:87 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:58 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:59 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:62 @@ -3347,278 +3346,156 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:45 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:50 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:51 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:62 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:56 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:57 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:68 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:69 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:92 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:93 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:104 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:105 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:116 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:117 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:122 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:123 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:134 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:135 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:140 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:146 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:147 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:152 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:75 msgid "N/A" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:40 -msgid "June 2023" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:41 -msgid "September 2023 (planned)" +msgid "August 2023" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:42 -msgid "Odoo saas~16.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:46 -msgid "March 2023" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:47 -msgid "July 2023 (planned)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "Odoo saas~16.1" +msgid "Odoo saas~16.3" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:43 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:49 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:61 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:55 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:67 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:85 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:86 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:87 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:73 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:91 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:97 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:98 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:99 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:103 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:109 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:110 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:111 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:115 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:121 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:127 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:128 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:129 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:133 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:139 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:141 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:145 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:151 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:153 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:92 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:93 msgid "|red|" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:52 -msgid "February 2023" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "June 2023" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "April 2023" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "Odoo saas~16.2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "March 2023" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:54 -msgid "**Odoo 16.0**" +msgid "Odoo saas~16.1" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:58 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:89 -msgid "October 2022" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:59 -msgid "October 2025 (planned)" +msgid "February 2023" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:60 -msgid "Odoo saas~15.2" +msgid "**Odoo 16.0**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:64 -msgid "March 2022" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:95 +msgid "October 2022" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:65 -msgid "January 2023" +msgid "October 2025 (planned)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:66 -msgid "Odoo saas~15.1" +msgid "Odoo saas~15.2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:70 -msgid "February 2022" +msgid "March 2022" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:71 -msgid "July 2022" +msgid "January 2023" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:72 -msgid "**Odoo 15.0**" +msgid "Odoo saas~15.1" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:76 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:101 -msgid "October 2021" +msgid "February 2022" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:77 -msgid "October 2024 (planned)" +msgid "July 2022" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:78 -msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgid "**Odoo 15.0**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:82 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:113 -msgid "October 2020" +msgid "October 2021" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:83 -msgid "October 2023 (planned)" +msgid "October 2024 (planned)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:84 -msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:88 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:131 -msgid "October 2019" +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:89 +msgid "November 2023 (planned)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:90 -msgid "Odoo saas~12.3" +msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:94 -msgid "August 2019" +msgid "October 2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:96 -msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:100 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:143 -msgid "October 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:102 -msgid "Odoo saas~11.3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:106 -msgid "April 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:108 -msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:112 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:155 -msgid "October 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:114 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:118 -msgid "March 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:120 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:124 -msgid "January 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:126 -msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:130 -msgid "October 2016" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:132 -msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:136 -msgid "May 2016" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:138 -msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:142 -msgid "October 2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:144 -msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:148 -msgid "February 2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:150 -msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:154 -msgid "September 2014" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:159 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:99 msgid "|green| Supported version" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:161 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:101 msgid "|red| End-of-support" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:163 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:103 msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:165 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:105 msgid "šŸ Future version, not released yet" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:176 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:116 msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:178 -msgid "OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:118 +msgid "Odoo 12.0, 11.0, 10.0, 9.0, and 8.0 are not supported anymore, on any platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:180 -msgid "TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:120 +msgid "OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 are not supported anymore, on any platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:182 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:122 +msgid "TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 are not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:124 msgid "Even though we don't support older versions, you can always `upgrade from any version `_." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/developer.pot b/locale/sources/developer.pot index bd9fd03ac..a51244222 100644 --- a/locale/sources/developer.pot +++ b/locale/sources/developer.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo saas-16.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-27 15:04+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-08-18 05:58+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" diff --git a/locale/sources/finance.pot b/locale/sources/finance.pot index e1caddd14..4729f91d4 100644 --- a/locale/sources/finance.pot +++ b/locale/sources/finance.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo saas-16.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-27 15:04+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-08-18 05:58+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -119,6 +119,7 @@ msgid "The following financial :doc:`reports ` are availab msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:232 msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "" @@ -177,7 +178,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 msgid "Partner" msgstr "" @@ -336,7 +337,7 @@ msgid "To connect your bank account to your database, go to :menuselection:`Acco msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:188 msgid ":doc:`bank/bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" @@ -428,10 +429,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:332 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 @@ -439,6 +441,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:302 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:17 @@ -462,44 +468,44 @@ msgid "Manually configure your bank information" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`get_started/multi_currency`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:136 msgid ":doc:`bank/transactions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:91 msgid "Suspense account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:93 msgid "Bank statement transactions are posted on the :guilabel:`Suspense Account` until the final reconciliation allows finding the right account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:97 msgid "Profit and loss accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:99 msgid "The :guilabel:`Profit Account` is used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register differs from what the system computes, while the :guilabel:`Loss Account` is used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differs from what the system computes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:104 msgid "Currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:106 msgid "You can edit the currency used to enter the statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:112 msgid "Account number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:114 msgid "If you need to **edit your bank account details**, click on the external link arrow next to your :guilabel:`Account Number`. On the new page, click on the external link arrow next to your :guilabel:`Bank` and update your bank information accordingly. These details are used when registering payments." msgstr "" @@ -507,67 +513,67 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Edit your bank information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:123 msgid "Bank feeds" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:125 msgid ":guilabel:`Bank Feeds` defines how the bank statements are registered. Three options are available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:127 msgid ":guilabel:`Undefined yet`, which should be selected when you donā€™t know yet if you will synchronize your bank account with your database or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:129 msgid ":guilabel:`Import (CAMT, CODA, CSV, OFX, QIF)`, which should be selected if you want to import your bank statement using a different format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Automated Bank Synchronization`, which should be selected if your bank is synchronized with your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:141 msgid "Outstanding accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:143 msgid "By default, payments are registered through transitory accounts named **outstanding accounts**, before being recorded in your bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:146 msgid "An **outstanding payments account** is where outgoing payments are posted until they are linked with a withdrawal from your bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:148 msgid "An **outstanding receipts account** is where incoming payments are posted until they are linked with a deposit from your bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:151 msgid "These accounts should be of :ref:`type ` :guilabel:`Current Assets`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:154 msgid "The movement from an outstanding account to a bank account is done automatically when you reconcile the bank account with a bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:158 msgid "Default accounts configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:160 msgid "The outstanding accounts are defined by default. If necessary, you can update them by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Default Accounts` and update your :guilabel:`Outstanding Receipts Account` and :guilabel:`Outstanding Payments Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:165 msgid "Bank and cash journals configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:167 msgid "You can also set specific outstanding accounts for any journal with the :ref:`type ` :guilabel:`Bank` or :guilabel:`Cash`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:170 msgid "From your :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, click on the menu selection ā‹® of the journal you want to configure, and click on :guilabel:`Configuration`, then open the :guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Payments` tab. To display the outstanding accounts column, click on the toggle button and check the :guilabel:`Outstanding Receipts/Payments accounts`, then update the account." msgstr "" @@ -575,11 +581,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select the toggle button and click on outstanding Accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:180 msgid "If you do not specify an outstanding payments account or an outstanding receipts account for a specific journal, Odoo uses the default outstanding accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:182 msgid "If your main bank account is added as an outstanding receipts account or outstanding payments account, when a payment is registered, the invoice or bill's status is directly set to :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" @@ -1715,7 +1721,7 @@ msgid "Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:153 msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "" @@ -1882,10 +1888,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:164 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:198 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:116 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:51 msgid "Taxes" @@ -2275,11 +2283,11 @@ msgid "Credit notes and refunds" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:5 -msgid "A **credit note**, or **credit memo**, is a document issued to a customer that notifies them that they have been credited a certain amount." +msgid "A **credit/debit note**, or **credit/debit memo**, is a document issued to a customer that notifies them that they have been *credited/debited* a certain amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:12 -msgid "There are several reasons that can lead to a credit note, such as:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:8 +msgid "Several use cases can lead to a credit note, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 @@ -2294,105 +2302,145 @@ msgstr "" msgid "the goods delivered are damaged" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:15 -msgid "Issuing a credit note is the only legal way to cancel, refund or modify a validated invoice. Donā€™t forget to *register the payment* afterward if you need to send money back to your customer." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 +msgid "Debit notes are less common but are most frequently used to track debts owed by customers or to vendors because of modifications to confirmed customer invoices or vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:21 -msgid "Issue a Credit Note" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:18 +msgid "Issuing a credit/debit note is the only legal way to cancel, refund, or modify a validated invoice. Do not forget to **register the payment** afterward if you need to send money back to your customer and/or validate the :doc:`return ` if a storable product is returned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:23 -msgid "You can create a credit note from scratch by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Credit Notes`, and by clicking on *Create*. Filling the Credit Noteā€™s form works the same way as the Invoiceā€™s form." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:25 +msgid "Issue a credit note" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:28 -msgid "However, most of the time, credit notes are generated directly from the invoices they are related to." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:27 +msgid "You can create a credit note from scratch by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Credit Notes`, and by clicking on :guilabel:`Create`. Filling out a credit note form works the same way as an invoice form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:31 -msgid "To do so, open the *Customer Invoice*, and click on *Add Credit Note*." +msgid "However, most of the time, credit notes are generated directly from the related invoices. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, open the related **customer invoice**, and click on :guilabel:`Add Credit Note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 msgid "You can choose between three options:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:46 -msgid "Partial Refund" +msgid ":guilabel:`Partial Refund`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:58 -msgid "Full Refund" +msgid ":guilabel:`Full Refund`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:70 -msgid "Full refund and new draft invoice" +msgid ":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:42 -msgid "Credit Notesā€™ numbers start with ā€œRā€ and are followed by the number of the document they are related to (e.g., RINV/2019/0004)." +msgid "A credit note sequence starts with `R` and is followed by the number of the related document (e.g., RINV/2019/0004 is related to the invoice INV/2019/0004)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:46 +msgid "Partial refund" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 -msgid "Odoo creates a draft credit note already prefilled with all the necessary information from the original invoice." +msgid "When selecting the :guilabel:`Partial Refund` option, Odoo creates a draft credit note already prefilled with all the necessary information from the original invoice. This is the option to choose if you wish to do a partial refund or if you want to modify any detail of the credit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:51 -msgid "This is the option to choose to do a partial refund, or if you want to modify any detail on the credit note." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:53 +msgid "This is the only option for invoices marked as *in payment* or *paid*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:55 -msgid "This is the only option available for invoices that are already marked as *Paid*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 +msgid "Full refund" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:60 -msgid "Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, and reconciles the original invoice with it." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:58 +msgid "When selecting the :guilabel:`Full Refund` option, Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, and reconciles it with the related invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:66 -msgid "This is the option to choose to do a full refund or cancel a validated invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:-1 +msgid "Full refund credit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:72 -msgid "Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, reconciles the original invoice with it, and open a new draft invoice prefilled with the same details from the original invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:64 +msgid "This is the option to choose for a full refund or to **cancel** a *validated* invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 +msgid "Full refund and new draft invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:69 +msgid "When selecting the :guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice` option, Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, reconciles it with the related invoice, and opens a new draft invoice prefilled with the same details from the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:73 +msgid "This is the option to **modify** the content of a *validated* invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:76 -msgid "This is the option to choose to modify the content of a validated invoice." +msgid "Issue a debit note" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:79 -msgid "Record a Vendor Refund" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:81 -msgid "**Vendor Refunds** are recorded the same way you would do with invoicesā€™ credit notes:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:78 +msgid "You can create a debit note from scratch by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices` or by clicking on the related invoice you wish to issue a debit note for. On the invoice form view, click :guilabel:`Add debit note`, fill in the information, and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 -msgid "You can either create a credit note from scratch by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Refund`, and by clicking on *Create*, or by opening the validated *Vendor Bill*, and clicking on *Add Credit Note*." +msgid "Record a vendor refund" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:89 -msgid "Journal Entries" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:85 +msgid "**Vendor refunds** are recorded the same way as credit notes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:91 -msgid "Issuing a credit note from an invoice creates a **reverse entry** that zeroes out the journal items generated by the original invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 +msgid "You can either create a credit note from scratch by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Refund`, and by clicking on :guilabel:`Create`; or by opening the related **vendor bill**, and clicking on :guilabel:`Add Credit Note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 +msgid "Record a debit note" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:94 -msgid "Here is an example of an invoiceā€™s journal entry:" +msgid "**Debit notes** from vendors are recorded in a similar way to how they are issued to customers:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:96 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Bills`, open the related bill you wish to record a debit note for, and click :guilabel:`Add debit note`. Fill in the information, and click :guilabel:`Create debit note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:103 +msgid "Issuing a credit/debit note from an invoice/bill creates a **reverse entry** that zeroes out the journal items generated by the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:108 +msgid "The journal invoice of an entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:0 +msgid "Invoice journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:113 msgid "And here is the credit noteā€™s journal entry generated to reverse the original invoice above:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:0 +msgid "Credit note journal entry reverses the invoice journal entry." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:3 msgid "Delivery and invoice addresses" msgstr "" @@ -3418,12 +3466,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setting payment terms on a vendor bill is mostly useful for managing vendor terms with multiple installments or cash discounts. Otherwise, manually setting the **due date** is enough. If payment terms are already defined, empty the field to select a date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:113 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:133 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 -msgid "Journal entries" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:115 msgid "Invoices with specific payment terms generate different *journal entries*, with one *journal item* for every computed *due date*." msgstr "" @@ -4209,8 +4251,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:145 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:41 msgid "Chart of accounts" @@ -4326,7 +4370,7 @@ msgid "Account Types" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:27 msgid "Balance Sheet" @@ -4771,7 +4815,7 @@ msgid "Total to pay" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:188 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:149 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "" @@ -4929,7 +4973,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:249 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:259 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:295 @@ -6348,132 +6391,132 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the default **Previous 1 Period** option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:38 msgid "The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity of your organisation as at a particular date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:44 msgid "Profit and Loss" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:46 msgid "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:53 msgid "Executive Summary" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:55 msgid "The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important figures you need to run your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:58 msgid "In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is reporting :" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 msgid "**Performance:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:64 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:63 msgid "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:70 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:67 msgid "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a result of those sales)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 msgid "The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to make those profits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 msgid "**Position:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 msgid "**Average debtor days:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 msgid "The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), across all your customer invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 msgid "**Average creditor days:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 msgid "The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across all your bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:85 msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:83 msgid "How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of your **Purchases account** for the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:88 msgid "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets (assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:98 msgid "General Ledger" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:100 msgid "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that occurred during a certain period of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:111 msgid "Aged Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:113 msgid "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have gone unpaid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:122 msgid "Aged Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:124 msgid "The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting payment during a selected month and several months prior." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:130 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:132 msgid "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to operating, investing and financing activities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:141 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:101 msgid "Tax Report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:143 msgid "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" @@ -7710,126 +7753,160 @@ msgid "Year-end closing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:5 -msgid "Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date, and accurate:" +msgid "Year-end closing is vital for maintaining financial accuracy, complying with regulations, making informed decisions, and ensuring transparency in reporting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:9 -msgid "Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement balances." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:11 +msgid "Fiscal years" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:13 -msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." +msgid "By default, the fiscal year is set to last 12 months and end on December 31st. However, its duration and end date can vary due to cultural, administrative, and economic considerations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:15 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:17 -msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:16 +msgid "To modify these values, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Fiscal Periods` section, change the :guilabel:`Last Day` field if necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:19 -msgid "Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded accurately." +msgid "If the period lasts *more* than or *less* than 12 months, enable :guilabel:`Fiscal Years` and :guilabel:`Save`. Go back to the :guilabel:`Fiscal Periods` section and click :guilabel:`āžœ Fiscal Years`. From there, click :guilabel:`Create`, give it a :guilabel:`Name`, and both a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End Date`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:25 -msgid "Manage fiscal years" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:27 -msgid "In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." +msgid "Once the set fiscal period is over, Odoo automatically reverts to the default periodicity, taking into account the value specified in the :guilabel:`Last Day` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:31 -msgid "However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In this case, some additional configuration is required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:35 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and activate the fiscal years." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:38 -msgid "You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> fiscal years`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:42 -msgid "You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1230 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:50 -msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:34 +msgid "Before closure" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:52 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:36 +msgid "Before closing a fiscal year, ensure first everything is accurate and up-to-date:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:54 -msgid "Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:38 +msgid "Make sure all bank accounts are fully :doc:`reconciled <../bank/reconciliation>` up to year-end, and confirm that the ending book balances match the bank statement balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:40 +msgid "Verify that all :doc:`customer invoices <../customer_invoices>` have been entered and approved and that there are no draft invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:42 +msgid "Confirm that all :doc:`vendor bills <../vendor_bills>` have been entered and agreed upon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:43 +msgid "Validate all :doc:`expenses <../../expenses>`, ensuring their accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:44 +msgid "Corroborate that all :doc:`received payments <../payments>` have been encoded and recorded accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:46 +msgid "Close all :ref:`suspense accounts `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:47 +msgid "Book all :doc:`depreciation <../vendor_bills/assets>` and :doc:`deferred revenue <../customer_invoices/deferred_revenues>` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:51 +msgid "Closing a fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:53 +msgid "Then, to close the fiscal year:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:55 +msgid "Run a :ref:`tax report `, and verify that all tax information is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:56 +msgid "Reconcile all accounts on the :ref:`balance sheet `:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:58 -msgid "Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your **Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." +msgid "Update the bank balances in Odoo according to the actual balances found on the bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:59 +msgid "Reconcile all transactions in the cash and bank accounts by running the :ref:`aged receivables ` and :ref:`aged payables ` reports." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:61 -msgid "Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans and fixed assets." +msgid "Audit all accounts, being sure to fully understand all transactions and their nature, making sure to include loans and fixed assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:65 -msgid "Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:63 +msgid "Optionally, run :ref:`payments matching ` to validate any open vendor bills and customer invoices with their payments. While this step is optional, it could assist the year-end closing process if all outstanding payments and invoices are reconciled, potentially finding errors or mistakes in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:68 +msgid "Next, the accountant likely verifies balance sheet items and book entries for:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:70 +msgid "year-end manual adjustments," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:71 +msgid "work in progress," msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:72 -msgid "Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and book entries for:" +msgid "depreciation journal entries," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:73 +msgid "loans," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:74 +msgid "tax adjustments," msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:75 -msgid "Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." +msgid "etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1252 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:77 +msgid "If the accountant is going through the year-end audit, they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc.) to compare these with the balances in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:81 -msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:82 +msgid "During this process, it is good practice to set a :guilabel:`Journal Entries Lock Date` to the last day (inclusive) of the preceding fiscal year by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`. This way, the accountant can be confident that nobody changes the transactions while auditing the books. Users from the *accountant* access group can still create and modify entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:83 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1254 -msgid "**Loans**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:89 +msgid "Current year's earnings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:85 -msgid "**Tax adjustments**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:91 +msgid "Odoo uses a unique account type called **current year's earnings** to display the amount difference between the **income** and **expenses** accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:87 -msgid "If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree these against your Odoo balances." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:95 +msgid "The chart of accounts can only contain one account of this type. By default, it is a 999999 account named :guilabel:`Undistributed Profits/Losses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:92 -msgid "During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while auditing the books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:103 -msgid "Closing the fiscal year" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:98 +msgid "To allocate the current year's earnings, create a miscellaneous entry to book them to any equity account. Once done, confirm whether or not the current year's earnings in the **balance sheet** is correctly reporting a balance of zero. If that is the case, set an :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` to the last day of the fiscal year by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:105 -msgid "In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the **Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." +msgid "Setting an :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` is **irreversible** and cannot be removed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:112 -msgid "Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly reporting a 0 balance." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:108 +msgid "A specific year-end closing entry is **optional** in order to close out the **profit and loss statement**. The reports are created in real-time, meaning that the profit and loss statement corresponds directly with the year-end date specified in Odoo. Therefore, any time the **income statement** is generated, the beginning date corresponds with the beginning of the **fiscal year** and all account balances should equal zero." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:7 @@ -7966,6 +8043,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:138 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:92 msgid "Tax" msgstr "" @@ -8285,8 +8363,8 @@ msgid "In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10 msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:6 @@ -8422,6 +8500,7 @@ msgid "Avatax is a tax calculation provider that can be integrated in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:116 msgid "Credential configuration" msgstr "" @@ -8661,7 +8740,7 @@ msgid "The :abbr:`OSS (One-Stop Shop)` system introduced by the European Union s msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:679 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:873 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:124 msgid "Reports" msgstr "" @@ -8807,6 +8886,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:28 msgid "Withholding taxes" msgstr "" @@ -9113,7 +9193,7 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: Odoo automatically fills some information based on th msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:39 -msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: add the sales order reference provided by the vendor and is used to do the :ref:`matching ` when you receive the products." +msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: add the sales order reference provided by the vendor and is used to do the :ref:`matching ` when you receive the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:41 @@ -10766,7 +10846,7 @@ msgid "Bolivia - Accounting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:67 -msgid "Brazilian - Accounting" +msgid ":doc:`Brazilian - Accounting `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:68 @@ -10782,161 +10862,165 @@ msgid "China - Accounting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:71 -msgid ":doc:`Colombia - Accounting ` (:doc:`doc in Spanish `)" +msgid ":doc:`Colombia - Accounting `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:72 msgid "Costa Rica - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:73 msgid "Croatia - Accounting (RRIF 2012)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:74 msgid "Czech - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:75 msgid "Denmark - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:76 msgid "Dominican Republic - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:77 msgid ":doc:`Ecuadorian - Accounting `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:78 msgid ":doc:`Egypt - Accounting `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:79 msgid "Ethiopia - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:80 msgid "Finnish Localization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:81 msgid ":doc:`France - Accounting `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:82 msgid "Generic - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:83 msgid ":doc:`Germany `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:85 msgid "Germany SKR03 - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:86 msgid "Germany SKR04 - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:88 msgid "Greece - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:89 msgid "Guatemala - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:90 msgid "Honduras - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:91 msgid "Hong Kong - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:92 msgid "Hungarian - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`Indian - Accounting `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`Indonesian - Accounting `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:95 msgid "Ireland - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:96 msgid "Israel - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:97 msgid ":doc:`Italy - Accounting `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:98 msgid "Japan - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`Kenya - Accounting `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:100 msgid "Lithuania - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:101 msgid ":doc:`Luxembourg - Accounting `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:102 msgid "Maroc - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:103 msgid ":doc:`Mexico - Accounting `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:104 msgid "Mongolia - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:105 msgid ":doc:`Netherlands - Accounting `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:106 msgid "New Zealand - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:107 msgid "Norway - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:108 msgid "OHADA - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:109 msgid "Pakistan - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:110 msgid "Panama - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`Peru - Accounting `" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`Philippines - Accounting `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:113 msgid "Poland - Accounting" msgstr "" @@ -10946,11 +11030,11 @@ msgid "Portugal - Accounting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:115 -msgid "Romania - Accounting" +msgid ":doc:`Romania - Accounting `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:116 -msgid "Saudi Arabia - Accounting" +msgid ":doc:`Saudi Arabia - Accounting `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:117 @@ -11027,14 +11111,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:6 msgid "Webinars" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:8 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:8 msgid "Below you can find videos with a general description of the localization, and how to configure it." msgstr "" @@ -11048,6 +11130,8 @@ msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR ECOMMERCE `_. msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:26 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 msgid "Modules installation" @@ -11059,6 +11143,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:26 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 @@ -11067,6 +11153,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 msgid "Name" @@ -11074,6 +11162,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 @@ -11081,6 +11171,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 msgid "Technical name" @@ -11088,6 +11180,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 @@ -11096,6 +11190,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 msgid "Description" @@ -11150,6 +11246,7 @@ msgid "(optional) Allows the user to see Identification Type and AFIP Responsibi msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:43 msgid "Configure your company" @@ -11168,7 +11265,7 @@ msgid "Chart of account" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:60 -msgid "In Accounting, there are three different :guilabel:`Chart of Accounts` packages to choose from. They are based on a company's AFIP responsibility type, and consider the frence between companies that do not require as many accounts as the companies that have more complex fiscal requirements:" +msgid "In Accounting, there are three different :guilabel:`Chart of Accounts` packages to choose from. They are based on a company's AFIP responsibility type, and consider the difference between companies that do not require as many accounts as the companies that have more complex fiscal requirements:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:65 @@ -11188,6 +11285,7 @@ msgid "Select Fiscal Localization Package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:151 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:234 msgid "Configure master data" msgstr "" @@ -11495,13 +11593,11 @@ msgid "When creating :guilabel:`Purchase Journals`, it's possible to define whet msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:327 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:347 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:330 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:171 msgid "Invoice" msgstr "" @@ -11958,11 +12054,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The vendor bill will be registered using one item for each product that is part of the VAT base amount, and the perception tax can be added in any of the product lines. As a result, there will be one tax group for the VAT and another for the perception. The perception default value is always :guilabel:`0.10`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 -msgid "VAT perception." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:666 msgid "To edit the VAT perception and set the correct amount, you should use the :guilabel:`Pencil` icon that is the next to the :guilabel:`Perception` amount. After the VAT perception amount has been set, the invoice can then be validated." msgstr "" @@ -11970,7 +12062,260 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the perception amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:681 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:675 +msgid "Check management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:677 +msgid "To install the *Third Party and Deferred/Electronic Checks Management* module, go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the module by its technical name `l10n_latam_check` and click the :guilabel:`Activate` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +msgid "l10n_latam_check module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:685 +msgid "This module enables the required configuration for journals and payments to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:687 +msgid "Create, manage, and control your different types of checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:688 +msgid "Optimize the management of *own checks* and *third party checks*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:689 +msgid "Have an easy and effective way to manage expiration dates from your own and third party checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:691 +msgid "Once all the configurations are made for the Argentinian electronic invoice flow, it is also needed to complete certain configurations for the own checks and the third party checks flows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:695 +msgid "Own checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:697 +msgid "Configure the bank journal used to create your own checks by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, selecting the bank journal, and opening the :guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:701 +msgid ":guilabel:`Checks` should be available as a :guilabel:`Payment Method`. If not, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and type `Checks` under :guilabel:`Payment Method` to add them" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:703 +msgid "Enable the :guilabel:`Use electronic and deferred checks` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:706 +msgid "This last configuration **disables** the printing ability but enables to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:708 +msgid "Enter check numbers manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:709 +msgid "Adds a field to allocate the payment date of the check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +msgid "Bank journal configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:716 +msgid "Management of own checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:718 +msgid "Own checks can be created directly from the vendor bill. For this process, click on the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:721 +msgid "On the payment registration modal, select the bank journal from which the payment is to be made and set the :guilabel:`Check Cash-In Date`, and the :guilabel:`Amount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +msgid "Payment pop-up window with own check options enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:729 +msgid "To manage current checks, the :guilabel:`Check Cash-In Date` field must be left blank or filled in with the current date. To manage deferred checks, the :guilabel:`Check Cash-In Date` must be set in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:733 +msgid "To manage your existing own checks, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Own Checks`. This window shows critical information such as the dates when checks need to be paid, the total quantity of checks, and the total amount paid in checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +msgid "Own checks menu location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:741 +msgid "It is important to note that the list is pre-filtered by checks that are still *not reconciled* with a bank statement - that were not yet debited from the bank - which can be verified with the :guilabel:`Is Matched with a Bank Statement` field. If you want to see all of your own checks, delete the :guilabel:`No Bank Matching` filter by clicking on the :guilabel:`X` symbol." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +msgid "Own checks menu organization and filtering." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:751 +msgid "Cancel an own check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:753 +msgid "To cancel an own check created in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Own Checks` and select the check to be canceled, then click on the :guilabel:`Void Check` button. This will break the reconciliation with the vendor bills and the bank statements and leave the check in a **canceled** state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +msgid "Empty Check button to cancel Own Checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:763 +msgid "Third party checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:765 +msgid "In order to register payments using third party checks, two specific journals need to be configured. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals` and create two new journals:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:769 +msgid "`Third Party Checks`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:770 +msgid "`Rejected Third Party Checks`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:773 +msgid "You can manually create more journals if you have multiple points of sale and need journals for those." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:776 +msgid "To create the *Third Party Checks* journal, click the :guilabel:`New` button and configure the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:779 +msgid "Type `Third Party Checks` as the :guilabel:`Journal Name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:780 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:814 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Cash` as :guilabel:`Type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:781 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab, set :guilabel:`Cash Account`: to `1.1.1.02.010 Cheques de Terceros`, input a :guilabel:`Short Code` of your choice, and select a :guilabel:`Currency`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +msgid "Automatically created cash account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:788 +msgid "The available payment methods are listed in the *payments* tabs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:790 +msgid "For new incoming third party checks, go to :menuselection:`Incoming Payments tab --> Add a line` and select :guilabel:`New Third Party Checks`. This method is used to create *new* third party checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:793 +msgid "For incoming and outgoing existing third party checks, go to :menuselection:`Incoming Payments tab --> Add a line` and select :guilabel:`Existing Third Party Checks`. Repeat the same step for the :guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tab. This method is used to receive and/or pay vendor bills using already *existing* checks, as well as for internal transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:799 +msgid "You can delete pre-existing payment methods appearing by default when configuring the third party checks journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +msgid "Payment methods automatically created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:806 +msgid "The *Rejected Third Party Checks* journal also needs to be created and/or configured. This journal is used to manage rejected third party checks and can be utilized to send checks rejected at the moment of collection or when coming from vendors when rejected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:810 +msgid "To create the *Rejected Third Party Checks* journal, click the :guilabel:`New` button and configure the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:813 +msgid "Type `Rejected Third Party Checks` as the :guilabel:`Journal Name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:815 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab, set :guilabel:`Cash Account`: to `1.1.1.01.002 Rejected Third Party Checks`, input a :guilabel:`Short Code` of your choice, and select a :guilabel:`Currency`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:819 +msgid "Use the same payment methods as the *Third Party Checks* journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:822 +msgid "New third party checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:824 +msgid "To register a *new* third party check for a customer invoice, click the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button. In the pop-up window, you must select :guilabel:`Third Party Checks` as journal for the payment registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:828 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`New Third Party Checks` as :guilabel:`Payment Method`, and fill in the :guilabel:`Check Number`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and :guilabel:`Check Bank`. Optionally, you can manually add the :guilabel:`Check Issuer Vat`, but this is automatically filled by the customer's VAT number related to the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +msgid "Payment pop-up window with New Third Party Check options enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:838 +msgid "Existing third party checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:840 +msgid "To pay a vendor bill with an *existing* check, click the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button. In the pop-up window, you must select :guilabel:`Third Party Checks` as journal for the payment registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:844 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Existing Third Party Checks` as :guilabel:`Payment Method`, and select a check from the :guilabel:`Check` field. The field shows all **available existing checks** to be used as payment for vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +msgid "Payment pop-up window with Existing Third Party Check options enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:852 +msgid "When an **existing third party check** is used, you can review the operations related to it. For example, you can see if a third party check made to pay a customer invoice was later used as an existing third party check to pay a vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:856 +msgid "To do so, either go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Third Party Checks` or :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Own Checks` depending on the case, and click on a check. In the :guilabel:`Check Current Journal` field, click on :guilabel:`=> Check Operations` to bring up the check's history and movements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 +msgid "Check Operations menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:865 +msgid "The menu also displays critical information related to these operations, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:867 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Payment Type`, allowing to classify whether it is a payment *sent* to a vendor or a payment *received* from a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:869 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Journal` in which the check is currently registered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:870 +msgid "The **partner** associated with the operation (either customer or vendor)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:875 msgid "As part of the localization installation, financial reporting for Argentina was added to the :guilabel:`Accounting` dashboard. Access these reports by navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Argentinean Reports`" msgstr "" @@ -11978,19 +12323,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Argentinean reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:884 msgid "VAT reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:887 msgid "Sales VAT book" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:695 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:889 msgid "In this report, all the sales are recorded, which are taken as the basis for the accounting records to determine the VAT (Tax Debit)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:892 msgid "The :guilabel:`Sales VAT` book report can be exported in a `.zip` file :guilabel:`VAT BOOK (ZIP)` button in the top left, which contains `.txt` files to upload in the AFIP portal." msgstr "" @@ -11998,11 +12343,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sales VAT book." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:706 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:900 msgid "Purchases VAT book" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:902 msgid "The :guilabel:`Purchases VAT` book report can be exported in a `.zip` file :guilabel:`VAT BOOK (ZIP)` button in the top left, which contains `.txt` files to upload in the AFIP portal." msgstr "" @@ -12010,11 +12355,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchases VAT book." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:716 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:910 msgid "VAT summary" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:912 msgid "Pivot table designed to check the monthly VAT totals. This report is for internal usage, it is not sent to the AFIP." msgstr "" @@ -12022,15 +12367,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "VAT Summary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:920 msgid "IIBB - Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:923 msgid "IIBB - Sales by jurisdiction" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:731 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:925 msgid "Pivot table where you can validate the gross income in each jurisdiction. Affidavit for the corresponding taxes to pay, therefore it is not sent to the AFIP." msgstr "" @@ -12038,11 +12383,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "IIBB Sales by jurisdiction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:739 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:933 msgid "IIBB - Purchases by jurisdiction" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:741 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:935 msgid "Pivot table where you can validate the gross purchases in each jurisdiction. Affidavit for the corresponding taxes to pay, therefore it is not sent to the AFIP." msgstr "" @@ -12152,6 +12497,7 @@ msgid "`l10n_be`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:19 msgid "Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `." msgstr "" @@ -12284,6 +12630,7 @@ msgid "The Belgian chart of accounts includes pre-configured accounts as describ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:79 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" @@ -12797,6 +13144,478 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When you open a POS session and make your initial transaction, you are prompted to enter the PIN provided with your :abbr:`VSC (VAT signing card)`. The card is delivered by the :abbr:`FPS (Service Public Federal Finances)` upon `registration `_." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:3 +msgid "Brazil" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:11 +msgid "With the Brazilian localization you can automatically compute sales taxes for goods using AvaTax (Avalara) through API calls, also configure taxes for services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:14 +msgid "For the goods tax computation part, you need to configure the :ref:`contacts `, :ref:`company `, :ref:`products `, and :ref:`create an account in Avatax ` from the Odoo general settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:18 +msgid "For the services taxes, you can create and configure them from Odoo directly without computing them with AvaTax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:21 +msgid "The localization also includes taxes and a chart of accounts template that can be modified if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the features of the Brazilian localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazilian - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:41 +msgid "`l10n_br`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 +msgid "Default :ref:`fiscal localization package ` - adds accounting characteristics for the Brazilian localization, which represent the minimum configuration required for a company to operate in Brazil. The module's installation automatically loads: the chart of accounts, taxes, and required fields to properly configure the contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:47 +msgid "`l10n_br_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:48 +msgid "Adds a simple tax report that helps check the tax amount per tax group in a given period of time. Also adds the P&L and BS adapted for the Brazilian market." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:50 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:51 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:52 +msgid "Add Brazilian tax calculation via Avatax and all necessary fields needed to configure Odoo in order to properly use Avatax and send the needed fiscal information to retrieve the correct taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:55 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SOs in Brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:56 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:57 +msgid "Same as the `l10n_br_avatax` module with the extension to the sales order module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 +msgid "To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` app and search the name given to your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:67 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option at the top of the page. Then, configure the following fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:71 +msgid ":guilabel:`Address` (add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip Code`, :guilabel:`Country`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:73 +msgid "Tax ID (:guilabel:`CNPJ`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE` (State Registration)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM` (Municipal Registration)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code` (Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - add if applicable)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Company configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 +msgid "Configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` within the :guilabel:`Sales and Purchase` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +msgid "Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`Avatax Brazil `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:86 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime` (Federal Tax Regime)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:87 +msgid ":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type` (indicates ICMS regime, Exempt status, or Non-Taxpayer.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:88 +msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Company fiscal configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:93 +msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:96 +msgid "If you are a simplified regime, you need to configure the ICMS rate under :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Avatax Brazil`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:102 +msgid "Configure AvaTax integration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:104 +msgid "Avalara AvaTax is a tax calculation provider that can be integrated in Odoo to automatically compute taxes by taking into account the company, contact (customer), product, and transaction information to retrieve the correct tax to be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:108 +msgid "Odoo is a certified partner of Avalara Brazil, which means that Avalara experts reviewed workflows covered within the scope of the integration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:111 +msgid "Using this integration requires :doc:`In-App-Purchases (IAPs) ` to compute taxes. Every time you compute taxes, an API call is made, using credits from your |IAP| credits balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:118 +msgid "To activate AvaTax in Odoo, you need to create an account. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, and, in the :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` section, add the email address you want to use to log in to the AvaTax portal, and click on :guilabel:`Create account`. This email is used as the administrator email address in AvaTax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:123 +msgid "After you create the account from Odoo, you need to go to the Avalara Portal to set up your password:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:126 +msgid "Access the `Avalara portal `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:127 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Meu primeiro acesso`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:128 +msgid "Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/Avatax account, and then click :guilabel:`Solicitar Senha`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:130 +msgid "You will receive an email with a token and a link to create your password. Click on this link and copy-paste the token to allocate your desired password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:134 +msgid "If you intend first to try the integration on a testing or sandbox database, using an alternate email address is recommended, as you won't be able to re-use the same email address on your production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:139 +msgid "You can start using AvaTax in Odoo without creating a password and accessing the Avalara Portal; for Odoo, the only requirement to start using the Avalara Tax Computation Engine is to create an account from the settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:-1 +msgid "Avatax account configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:147 +msgid "You can transfer API credentials. Use this only when you have already created an account in another Odoo instance and wish to reuse it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +msgid "The :doc:`chart of accounts ` is installed by default as part of the data set included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically in their corresponding taxes, and the default account payable and account receivable fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:162 +msgid "The chart of accounts for Brazil is based on the SPED CoA, which gives a baseline of the accounts needed in Brazil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:246 +msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:170 +msgid "Taxes are automatically created when installing the Brazilian localization. Taxes are already configured, and some of them are used by Avalara when computing taxes on the sales order or invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:173 +msgid "Taxes can be edited, or more taxes can be added. For example, some taxes used for services need to be manually added and configured, as the rate may differ depending on the city where you are offering the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:178 +msgid "Taxes attached to services are not computed by AvaTax. Only goods taxes are computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:180 +msgid "When configuring a tax used for a service that is included in the final price (when the tax is not added or subtracted on top of the product price), set the :guilabel:`Tax Computation` to :guilabel:`Percentage of Price Tax Included`, and, on the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, check the :guilabel:`Included in Price` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:185 +msgid "For more information on configuring taxes to fit your needs better, please go to the :doc:`taxes functional documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:-1 +msgid "Tax configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:192 +msgid "Do not delete taxes, as they are used for the AvaTax tax computation. If deleted, Odoo creates them again when used in an |SO| or invoice and computing taxes with AvaTax, but the account used to register the tax needs to be re-configured in the tax's :guilabel:`Definition` tab, under the :guilabel:`Distribution for invoices` and :guilabel:`Distribution for refunds` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:378 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:202 +msgid "To use the AvaTax integration on sale orders and invoices, first specify the following information on the product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:205 +msgid ":guilabel:`CEST Code` (Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:206 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code` (Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:207 +msgid ":guilabel:`Source of Origin` (Indicates the origin of the product, which can be foreign or domestic, among other possible options depending on the specific use case)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:209 +msgid ":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type` (Fiscal product type according to SPED list table)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:210 +msgid ":guilabel:`Purpose of Use` (Specify the intended purpose of use for this product)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:-1 +msgid "Product configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:216 +msgid "Odoo automatically creates three products to be used for transportation costs associated with sales. These are named `Freight`, `Insurance`, and `Other Costs`. They are already configured, if more need to be created, duplicate and use the same configuration (configuration needed: :guilabel:`Product Type` `Service`, :guilabel:`Transportation Cost Type` `Insurance`, `Freight`, or `Other Costs`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:40 +msgid "Contacts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:227 +msgid "Before using the integration, specify the following information on the contact:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:229 +msgid "General information about the contact:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:231 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option for a contact with a tax ID (CNPJ), or check :guilabel:`Individual` for a contact with a CPF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:234 +msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: :guilabel:`Zip Code` is a required field to compute taxes properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:235 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID` or :guilabel:`CPF`: Use CPF for individuals and Tax ID (CNPJ) for companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:236 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipa tax identification number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:238 +msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Contact configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:246 +msgid "The :guilabel:`CPF`, :guilabel:`IE`, :guilabel:`IM`, and :guilabel:`SUFRAMA code` fields are are hidden until the :guilabel:`Country` is set to `Brazil`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:249 +msgid "Fiscal information about the contact under the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:251 +msgid ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position`: add the AvaTax fiscal position to automatically compute taxes on sale orders and invoices automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:253 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: federal tax regime" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:254 +msgid ":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: taxpayer type determines if the contact is within the ICMS regime, if it is exempt, or if it is a non-taxpayer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 +msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`: list of main activity sectors of the contact" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Contact fiscal configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:264 +msgid "Fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:266 +msgid "To compute taxes on sale orders and invoices, it is necessary to have a :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` with the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` and the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` options enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the contact or selected when creating a sales order or an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:-1 +msgid "Fiscal position configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 +msgid "Workflows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:278 +msgid "This section provides an overview of the actions that trigger API calls for tax computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:281 +msgid "Please note that each API call incurs a cost. Be mindful of the actions that trigger these calls to manage costs effectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:285 +msgid "Tax calculations on quotation / sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:287 +msgid "Trigger an API call to calculate taxes on a quotation or sales order automatically with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:290 +msgid "**Quotation confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:291 +msgid "Confirm a quotation into a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:307 +msgid "**Manual trigger**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:293 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using Avatax`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 +msgid "**Preview**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:310 +msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:296 +msgid "**Email a quotation / sales order**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +msgid "Send a quotation or sales order to a customer via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:299 +msgid "**Online quotation access**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:299 +msgid "When a customer accesses the quotation online (via the portal view), the API call is triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:302 +msgid "Tax calculations on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:304 +msgid "Trigger an API call to calculate taxes on a customer invoice automatically with AvaTax any of the following ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:308 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:312 +msgid "**Online invoice access**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:312 +msgid "When a customer accesses the invoice online (via the portal view), the API call is triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:315 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` must be set to `Automatic Tax Mapping (Avalara Brazil)` for any of these actions to compute taxes automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:319 +msgid ":doc:`Fiscal positions (tax and account mapping) `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:3 msgid "Chile" msgstr "" @@ -13849,931 +14668,360 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Colombia" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:5 +msgid "The following documentation covers the Colombian localization modules and their basic concepts to understand, implement, and use Colombian localization in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:8 +msgid "Configure Master Data for Colombia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:9 +msgid "Use and configure Electronic Invoicing in Odoo for Colombia." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:10 -msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO `_." +msgid ":ref:`Invoice creation ` and :ref:`validation `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:15 -msgid "Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the next modules:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`Reception of legal XML and PDF `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:18 -msgid "**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification document types" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:13 +msgid ":ref:`Avoid common mistakes `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:21 -msgid "**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required for the Integration with Carvajal and generate the electronic invoice, based on the DIAN legal requirements." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:14 +msgid ":ref:`Financial reports `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:111 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:240 -msgid "Workflow" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:17 +msgid "`Smart Tutorial - LocalizaciĆ³n de Colombia `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 -msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:28 +msgid ":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the features of the Colombian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:37 -msgid "To :ref:`install ` the modules, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove the *Apps* filter and search for \"Colombia\". Then click on *Install* for the first two modules." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colombia - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:39 +msgid "`l10n_co`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 +msgid "Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:41 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:42 +msgid "`l10n_co_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:43 +msgid "Carvajal e-invoicing integration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:44 -msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service" +msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Point of Sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:45 +msgid "`l10n_co_pos`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:46 -msgid "Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with Carvajal Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal." +msgid "Point of Sale" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:79 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Accounting Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:56 -msgid "Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal testing environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:48 +msgid "`l10n_co_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:49 +msgid "Colombian reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:52 +msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:54 +msgid "Once the modules are installed, the user credentials need to be configured in order to connect with Carvajal Web Service. First, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look for the :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoice` section. Then, fill in the required configuration information provided by Carvajal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:-1 +msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:63 -msgid "CTS (Carvajal T&S)" +msgid "Check the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to connect with the Carvajal testing environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and integration with the :abbr:`CEN (Centro ElectrĆ³nico de Negocios)` Financiero portal, which is accessible here:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:63 -msgid "https://cenflab.cen.biz/site/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:66 -msgid "CSC (Carvajal Servicios de ComunicaciĆ³n)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:66 -msgid "https://web-stage.facturacarvajal.com/" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:66 +msgid "`CTS (Carvajal T&S) `_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:67 -msgid "CSC is the default for new databases." +msgid "`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de ComunicaciĆ³n) `_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:69 -msgid "Once that Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready for production the testing environment can be disabled." +msgid ":abbr:`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de ComunicaciĆ³n)` is the default for new databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:73 -msgid "Configure your report data" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:71 +msgid "Once Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready for production, the testing environment can be disabled by unchecking the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:75 -msgid "As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." +msgid "Configure report data" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:77 +msgid "Report data can be defined for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF as part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:80 +msgid "Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look for the :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoice` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:-1 +msgid "Configure the report data in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:87 msgid "Configure data required in the XML" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:92 +msgid "Configure the identification number and fiscal structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:95 msgid "Identification" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:94 -msgid "As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have their identification number and document type set:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:97 +msgid "As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the :abbr:`DIAN (DirecciĆ³n de Impuestos y Aduanas Nacionales)` are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have their identification number (:guilabel:`VAT`) and :guilabel:`Document Type` set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:101 -msgid "When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:-1 +msgid "The document type of RUT set in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:105 +msgid "When the :guilabel:`Document Type` is `RUT`, the identification number needs to be configured in Odoo, including the verification digit, Odoo will split this number when the data to the third-party vendor is sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:110 msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:109 -msgid "The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the information required by the DIAN ." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:112 +msgid "The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are included as part of the electronic invoice module, given it is part of the information required by the :abbr:`DIAN (DirecciĆ³n de Impuestos y Aduanas Nacionales)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:113 -msgid "These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:116 +msgid "The required fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:119 -msgid "Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal regimen of the partner." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:-1 +msgid "The fiscal information included in the electronic invoice module in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:125 -msgid "If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:122 +msgid "Additionally, two boolean fields were added in order to specify the fiscal regimen of the partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:132 -msgid "Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly display taxes in the invoice PDF." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:127 +msgid "If sales transactions include products with taxes, the :guilabel:`Value Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options tab` needs to be configured per tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:142 -msgid "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using the :ref:`developer mode `: :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> Journals`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:130 +msgid "Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to configure taxes. This configuration is used in order to display taxes in the invoice PDF correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:151 -msgid "Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:-1 +msgid "The ICA, IVA and Fuente fields in the Advanced Options tab in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:137 msgid "Users" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:160 -msgid "The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:139 +msgid "The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the job position of the salesperson, so the :guilabel:`Job Position` field should be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:173 -msgid "When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:145 +msgid "Main workflows" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:179 -msgid "The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic invoice are the next fields:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:-1 +msgid "Electronic invoice workflow in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:155 +msgid "The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic invoice are the next fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:158 msgid "There are three types of documents:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:188 -msgid "**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:160 +msgid "**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular document type applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:162 msgid "**Factura de ImportaciĆ³n**: This should be selected for importation transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 -msgid "**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:163 +msgid "**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a manual backup if the company is not able to use the ERP and if it is necessary to generate the invoice manually when this invoice is added to the ERP." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:170 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:116 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:257 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:385 msgid "Invoice validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:201 -msgid "After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:172 +msgid "After the invoice is validated, an XML file is created and sent automatically to Carvajal. This file is also displayed in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:207 -msgid "An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:-1 +msgid "Carvajal XML invoice file in Odoo chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:178 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Name` field is now displayed in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally, the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field is displayed with the initial value :guilabel:`In progress`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:185 msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:218 -msgid "The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:187 +msgid "The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate the structure and the information in it. In the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Check Carvajal Status` button. If everything is correct, the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field value changes to :guilabel:`Validated`. Then, proceed to generate a legal XML, which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF invoice that includes a QR code, and the CUFE is also generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:194 msgid "After this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:196 msgid "A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in the invoice chatter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:235 -msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:0 +msgid "ZIP file displayed in the invoice chatter in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:0 +msgid "XML and PDF contained in invoice ZIP file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:204 +msgid "The electronic invoice status changes to :guilabel:`Accepted`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:209 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:240 -msgid "During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter after updating the electronic invoice status." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:211 +msgid "During the XML validation, the most common errors are usually related to missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter after updating the electronic invoice status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:247 -msgid "After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:-1 +msgid "XML validation errors shown in the invoice chatter in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:217 +msgid "After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with the new data and send the updated version, using the following button in the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:-1 +msgid "The updated invoice status in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:224 msgid "Additional use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:260 -msgid "The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, the functional workflow remains the same as well." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:226 +msgid "The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice. The functional workflow remains the same as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 -msgid "Colombia (ES)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:234 +msgid "This information is a quick reference to the accounting reports included in the *Colombian Localization Accounting Reports* module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 -msgid "IntroducciĆ³n" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:238 +msgid "Certificado de RetenciĆ³n en ICA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 -msgid "La FacturaciĆ³n ElectrĆ³nica para Colombia estĆ” disponible en Odoo 12 y requiere los siguientes MĆ³dulos:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:240 +msgid "This report is a certification to vendors for withholdings made for the Colombian Industry and Commerce tax (ICA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 -msgid "**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos bĆ”sicos para manejar el mĆ³dulo de contabilidad, incluyendo la configuraciĆ³n por defecto de los siguientes puntos:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:243 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de RetenciĆ³n en ICA`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 -msgid "Plan Contable" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:-1 +msgid "Certificado de RetenciĆ³n en ICA report in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:131 -msgid "Impuestos" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:250 +msgid "Certificado de RetenciĆ³n en IVA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 -msgid "Retenciones" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:252 +msgid "This report issues a certificate on the amount withheld from vendors for VAT withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 -msgid "Tipos de Documentos de IdentificaciĆ³n" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:254 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de RetenciĆ³n en IVA`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 -msgid "**l10n_co_edi**: Este mĆ³dulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son requeridos para la IntegraciĆ³n entre Carvajal y la generaciĆ³n de la Factura ElectrĆ³nica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:-1 +msgid "Certificado de RetenciĆ³n en IVA report in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 -msgid "Flujo General" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:261 +msgid "Certificado de RetenciĆ³n en la Fuente" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 -msgid "ConfiguraciĆ³n" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:263 +msgid "This certificate is issued to partners for the withholding tax that they have made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 -msgid "InstalaciĆ³n de los mĆ³dulos de LocalizaciĆ³n Colombiana" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:265 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de RetenciĆ³n en Fuente`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 -msgid "Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca ā€œColombiaā€, luego da click en Instalar a los primeros dos mĆ³dulos:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 -msgid "ConfiguraciĆ³n de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 -msgid "Una vez que los mĆ³dulos estĆ”n instalados, para poderte conectar con el Servicio Web de Carvajal, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las Credenciales. Esta informaciĆ³n serĆ” provista por Carvajal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 -msgid "Ve a :menuselection:`FacturaciĆ³n --> ConfiguraciĆ³n --> ConfiguraciĆ³n` y busca la secciĆ³n **FacturaciĆ³n ElectrĆ³nica Colombiana**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 -msgid "La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el ambiente piloto de Carvajal, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo completo y la integraciĆ³n con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a travĆ©s de la siguiente liga:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:68 -msgid "CSC es el predeterminado para nuevas bases de datos." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:70 -msgid "Una vez que el ambiente de producciĆ³n estĆ” listo en Odoo y en Carvajal el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la informaciĆ³n al ambiente de producciĆ³n de Carvajal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:76 -msgid "ConfiguraciĆ³n de InformaciĆ³n para PDF" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:80 -msgid "Como parte de la informaciĆ³n configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes definir los datos de la secciĆ³n fiscal del PDF, asĆ­ como de la informaciĆ³n Bancaria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 -msgid "Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> ConfiguraciĆ³n --> Ajustes` y busca la secciĆ³n **FacturaciĆ³n ElectrĆ³nica Colombiana**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:89 -msgid "ConfiguraciĆ³n de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:92 -msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:95 -msgid "IdentificaciĆ³n" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:97 -msgid "Como parte de la LocalizaciĆ³n Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos por la DIAN ahora estĆ”n disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo cual ya es posible asignarles su nĆŗmero de identificaciĆ³n asociado al tipo de documento correspondiente." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 -msgid "Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificaciĆ³n necesita ser ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el DĆ­gito de VerificaciĆ³n. Odoo separarĆ” este nĆŗmero cuando la informaciĆ³n sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:112 -msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:114 -msgid "Los CĆ³digos de tipo de ObligaciĆ³n aplicables a los terceros (secciĆ³n 53 en el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del mĆ³dulo de FacturaciĆ³n ElectrĆ³nica, dado que es informaciĆ³n requerida por la DIAN." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:118 -msgid "Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> PestaƱa de Ventas y Compras --> InformaciĆ³n Fiscal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 -msgid "Adicionalmente dos Ćŗltimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el rĆ©gimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envĆ­o de Factura electrĆ³nica de Carvajal, Ćŗnicamente se hace distinciĆ³n de entre Grandes Contribuyentes y RĆ©gimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos opciones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:133 -msgid "Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> ConfiguraciĆ³n --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:141 -msgid "Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) tambiĆ©n estĆ”n incluidos en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuraciĆ³n es considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representaciĆ³n grĆ”fica de la Factura. (PDF)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 -msgid "Diarios" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:153 -msgid "Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la resoluciĆ³n de la FacturaciĆ³n ElectrĆ³nica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados con tus documentos de facturaciĆ³n necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 -msgid "La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> ConfiguraciĆ³n --> Diarios --> Liga de Secuencia`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:165 -msgid "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente NĆŗmero deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:173 -msgid "Usuarios" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:175 -msgid "La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representaciĆ³n grĆ”fica incluye el nombre del Vendedor, asĆ­ que estos campos deben ser considerados:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:184 -msgid "Uso y Pruebas" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:187 -msgid "Facturas" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:189 -msgid "Una vez que toda la informaciĆ³n principal y las credenciales han sido configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la FacturaciĆ³n ElectrĆ³nica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuaciĆ³n:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 -msgid "Invoice Creation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:197 -msgid "El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validaciĆ³n de una factura continua siendo igual con FacturaciĆ³n ElectrĆ³nica, independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado manualmente." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:202 -msgid "Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la FacturaciĆ³n ElectrĆ³nica son los siguientes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:205 -msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:207 -msgid "**Factura electrĆ³nica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas, Notas de CrĆ©dito y Notas de DĆ©bito." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:210 -msgid "**Factura de ImportaciĆ³n**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de importaciĆ³n." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:213 -msgid "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como un respaldo manual en caso que la compaƱƭa no pueda usar el ERP y hay necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:223 -msgid "Invoice Validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 -msgid "DespuĆ©s que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado automĆ”ticamente al proveedor de la factura electrĆ³nica. Este archivo es desplegado en el historial." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:232 -msgid "Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaƱa de ā€œOtra InformaciĆ³nā€ con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura ElectrĆ³nica, con el valor inicial **En Proceso**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 -msgid "RecepciĆ³n del XML y PDF Legal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:249 -msgid "El proveedor de la Factura ElectrĆ³nica recibe el archivo XML y procede a validar la informaciĆ³n y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el estatus de la Factura cambia a ā€œValidadoā€. Como parte de este proceso se generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un cĆ³digo Ćŗnico (CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un cĆ³digo QR) y el CUFE." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 -msgid "Odoo envĆ­a una peticiĆ³n de actualizaciĆ³n automĆ”ticamente para verificar que el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas automĆ”ticamente:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:255 -msgid "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el historial de la Factura." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:260 -msgid "El estatus de la Factura ElectrĆ³nica es cambiado a ā€œAceptadoā€." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:265 -msgid "En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible mandar manualmente la peticiĆ³n del estatus usando el siguiente botĆ³n:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:274 -msgid "Errores Frecuentes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:276 -msgid "Durante la validaciĆ³n del XML los errores mĆ”s comunes usualmente estĆ”n relacionados con informaciĆ³n principal faltante. En estos casos, los detalles del error son recuperados en la peticiĆ³n de actualizaciĆ³n y desplegados en el historial." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:284 -msgid "Si la informaciĆ³n principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con la nueva informaciĆ³n y mandar la versiĆ³n actualizada usando el siguiente botĆ³n:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 -msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:298 -msgid "El proceso para las Notas de CrĆ©dito y DĆ©bito (Proveedores) es exactamente el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene igual." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:303 -msgid "Consideraciones del Anexo 1.7" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:306 -msgid "Contexto" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 -msgid "Contexto Normativo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 -msgid "Soporte Normativo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:312 -msgid "ResoluciĆ³n DIAN NĆŗmero 000042 ( 5 de Mayo de 2020) Por la cual se desarrollan:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 -msgid "Los sistemas de facturaciĆ³n," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:315 -msgid "Los proveedores tecnolĆ³gicos," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 -msgid "El registro de la factura electrĆ³nica de venta como tĆ­tulo valor," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 -msgid "Se expide el anexo tĆ©cnico de factura electrĆ³nica de venta y" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 -msgid "Se dictan otras disposiciones en materia de sistemas de facturaciĆ³n." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 -msgid "Anexo 1.7: Principales Cambios" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:323 -msgid "Cambios en la definiciĆ³n de Consumidor Final." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 -msgid "Informar bienes cubiertos para los 3 dias sin IVA." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:325 -msgid "ActualizaciĆ³n de descripciĆ³n de Impuestos." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 -msgid "Se agrega concepto para IVA Excluido." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:327 -msgid "Informar la fecha efectiva de entrega de los bienes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:328 -msgid "Adecuaciones en la representaciĆ³n GrĆ”fica (PDF)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:331 -msgid "Calendario" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:333 -msgid "Se tiene varias fechas lĆ­mites para la salida a producciĆ³n bajo las condiciones del Anexo 1.7 las cuales dependen de los siguientes factores:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:336 -msgid "Calendario de implementaciĆ³n de acuerdo con la actividad econĆ³mica principal en el RUT:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:341 -msgid "Calendario de implementaciĆ³n, para otros sujetos obligados:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:346 -msgid "Calendario de implementaciĆ³n permanente:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 -msgid "Requerimientos en Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 -msgid "Con la finalidad de facilitar el proceso de preparaciĆ³n de las bases de Odoo estĆ”ndar V12 y v13, Ćŗnicamente serĆ” necesario que los administradores actualicen algunos mĆ³dulos y creen los datos maestros relacionados a los nuevos procesos." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:359 -msgid "ActualizaciĆ³n de listado de Apps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 -msgid "Utilizando el modo desarrollador, acceder al mĆ³dulo de Aplicaciones y seleccionar el menĆŗ *Actualizar Lista*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:368 -msgid "ActualizaciĆ³n de MĆ³dulos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:370 -msgid "Una vez actualizado Buscar *Colombia*, los siguientes mĆ³dulos serĆ”n desplegados, se requieren actualizar dos mĆ³dulos." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:373 -msgid "Colombia - Contabilidad - l10n_co" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:374 -msgid "Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal UBL 2.1 - l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:379 -msgid "En cada mĆ³dulo o Ć­cono hay que desplegar el menĆŗ opciones utilizando los 3 puntos de la esquina superior derecha y seleccionamos *Actualizar*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:382 -msgid "Primero lo hacemos con en el mĆ³dulo l10n_co:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:387 -msgid "Posteriormente lo hacemos con el mĆ³dulo l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:393 -msgid "CreaciĆ³n de Datos Maestros" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:395 -msgid "Las bases de datos existentes a Junio 2020 tanto en V12 como V13, deberĆ”n crear algunos datos maestros necesarios para operar correctamente con los cambios del Anexo 1.7." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:399 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:498 -msgid "Consumidor Final" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 -msgid "La figura del consumidor final serĆ” utilizada para aquellas ventas sobre las cuales no es posible identificar toda la informaciĆ³n fiscal y demogrĆ”fica del cliente por lo que la factura se genera a nombre de este registro genĆ©rico." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 -msgid "Es importante coordinar y definir los casos de uso en los que dependiendo de su empresa se tendrĆ” permitido utilizar este registro genĆ©rico." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:408 -msgid "Dentro de Odoo se tendrĆ” que crear un contacto con las siguientes caracterĆ­sticas, es importante que se defina de esta manera debido a que son los parĆ”metros definidos por la DIAN." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:411 -msgid "**Tipo de contacto:** Individuo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 -msgid "**Nombre:** Consumidor Final" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:413 -msgid "**Tipo de documento:** Cedula de Ciudadania" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:414 -msgid "**Numero de Identificacion:** 222222222222" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 -msgid "Dentro de la pestaƱa Ventas y Compras, en la secciĆ³n InformaciĆ³n Fiscal, del campo Obligaciones y Responsabilidades colocaremos el valor: **R-99-PN**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 -msgid "IVA Excluido - Bienes Cubiertos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:428 -msgid "Para reportar las transacciones realizadas mediante Bienes Cubiertos para los tres dĆ­as sin IVA, serĆ” necesario crear un nuevo Impuesto al cual se le debe de asociar un grupo de impuestos especĆ­fico que serĆ” utilizado por Odoo para agregar la secciĆ³n requerida en el XML de factura electrĆ³nica." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:433 -msgid "Para el crear el impuesto accederemos a Contabilidad dentro del menĆŗ :menuselection:`ConfiguraciĆ³n --> Impuestos`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:439 -msgid "Procedemos a crear un nuevo Impuesto con importe 0% considerando los siguientes parĆ”metros:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:444 -msgid "El nombre del Impuesto puede ser definido a preferencia del usuario, sin embargo el campo clave es **Grupo de Impuestos** dentro de Opciones avanzadas, el cual debe ser: *bienes cubiertos* y el campo **Tipo de Valor**: *IVA*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:452 -msgid "ActualizaciĆ³n de descripciĆ³n de Departamentos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:454 -msgid "Es necesario actualizar la descripciĆ³n de algunos departamentos, para lo cual accederemos a mĆ³dulo de Contactos y dentro del menĆŗ de :menuselection:`ConfiguraciĆ³n --> Provincias`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:460 -msgid "Posteriormente, podemos agregar por PaĆ­s para identificar claramente las provincias (Departamentos) de Colombia:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:466 -msgid "Una vez agrupados buscar los siguientes departamentos para actualizarlos con el valor indicado en la columna **Nombre actualizado**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:470 -msgid "Nombre de provincia" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:470 -msgid "CĆ³digo de Provincia" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:470 -msgid "Nombre actualizado" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:472 -msgid "D.C." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:472 -msgid "DC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:472 -msgid "BogotĆ”" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:474 -msgid "Quindio" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:474 -msgid "QUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:474 -msgid "QuindĆ­o" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:476 -msgid "ArchipiĆ©lago de San AndrĆ©s, Providencia y Santa Catalina" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:476 -msgid "SAP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:476 -msgid "San AndrĆ©s y Providencia" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:480 -msgid "Ejemplo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:486 -msgid "VerificaciĆ³n de CĆ³digo postal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 -msgid "Dentro del Anexo 1.7 se comienza a validar que el cĆ³digo postal de las direcciones para contactos colombianos corresponda a las tablas oficiales definidas por la DIAN, por lo que se debe verificar que este campo estĆ” debidamente diligenciado de acuerdo a los definidos en la sigueinte fuente: `Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:495 -msgid "Consideraciones Operativas" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 -msgid "Una vez que resgistro de Consumidor final ha sido creado este deberĆ” ser utilizado a demanda, generalmente serĆ” utilizado en las transacciones de facturaciĆ³n del punto de punto de venta." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:503 -msgid "El proceso de validaciĆ³n de la Factura serĆ” realizado de forma convencional en Odoo y la factura serĆ” generada de la misma manera. Al detectar que el nĆŗmero de identificaciĆ³n corresponde a consumidor Final, el XML que se envĆ­a a Carvajal serĆ” generado con las consideraciones y secciones correspondientes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:507 -msgid "Contablemente todos los registros de Consumidor final quedarĆ”n asociados al identificador generico:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 -msgid "El 21 mayo del 2020 fue publicado el El Decreto 682 el cual establece ExcepciĆ³n especial en el Impuesto sobre las ventas. El principal objetivo de este decreto es reactivar la economĆ­a en Colombia por las bajas ventas generadas a causa del COVID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:520 -msgid "Fechas" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 -msgid "DĆ­as de excenciĆ³n del impuesto sobre las ventas ā€“ IVA para bienes cubiertos (3 dĆ­as SIN IVA)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 -msgid "**Primer dĆ­a**: 19 de junio de 2020" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:525 -msgid "**Segundo dĆ­a**: 3 de Julio de 2020" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:526 -msgid "**Tercer dĆ­a**: 19 de Julio de 2020" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 -msgid "Condiciones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:531 -msgid "Debido a que estas transacciones serĆ”n generadas de forma excepcional y que se tiene una combinaciĆ³n de varios factores y condiciones, los productores debera ser actualizados de forma manual en Odoo asignados temporalmente el impuesto de venta *IVA exento - Bienes cubierto* en cada empresa segĆŗn corresponda." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 -msgid "A continuaciĆ³n se mencionan algunas de las principales condiciones, sin embargo, cabe mencionar que las empresas deben de verificar todos los detalles en el `Decreto 682 `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 -msgid "Tipo de productos y precio MĆ”ximo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:543 -msgid "Tipo de Productos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:543 -msgid "Precio MĆ”ximo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:545 -msgid "Electrodomesticos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:545 -msgid "40 UVT: $1,4 millones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:547 -msgid "Vestuario y complementos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -msgid "3 UVT: $106.000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -msgid "En el caso de los complementos es:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:551 -msgid "10 UVT- $356.000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:551 -msgid "Elementos deportivos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:553 -msgid "Juguetes y Utiles Escolares" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:553 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:555 -msgid "5 UVT - $178.035" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:555 -msgid "Utiles Escolares" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:557 -msgid "Bienes o servicios para el sector agropecuario" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:557 -msgid "80 UVT - $2.848.560" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:561 -msgid "MĆ©todos de Pago:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 -msgid "El pago debe realizarse por medios electrĆ³nico por ejemplo tarjetas de crĆ©dito/dĆ©bito o bien mecanismos de pago online." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 -msgid "Limite de unidades:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 -msgid "Cada cliente puede adquirir Ćŗnicamente 3 unidades como mĆ”ximo de cada producto." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:570 -msgid "Medidas en Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:572 -msgid "**PreparaciĆ³n de datos**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:574 -msgid "Crear el Impuesto para Bienes cubiertos de acuerdo a lo indicado en este punto: Datos maestros." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:575 -msgid "Identificar los productos y transacciones a los cuales les aplicarĆ” la ExclusiĆ³n de IVA de acuerdo a las condiciones establecidas en el decreto 682. En caso de ser un porcentaje significativo de productos, se recomienda actualizar el impuesto de forma temporal en Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:578 -msgid "Exportar un listado con los productos que serĆ”n afectados incluyendo el campo IVA Venta el cual serĆ” sustituido temporalmente por el IVA de Bienes Cubiertos." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:580 -msgid "Al finalizar las operaciones del dĆ­a anterior a las fechas establecidas de dĆ­a sin IVA, se debe hacer la actualizaciĆ³n temporal a IVA de Bienes Cubiertos." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:586 -msgid "**Durante el dĆ­a SIN IVA**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 -msgid "Por defecto los productos previamente considerados con IVA de Bienes cubiertos serĆ”n generados con este parĆ”metro tanto en Ɠrdenes de venta como facturas creadas durante ese mismo dĆ­a." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 -msgid "Las Ć³rdenes de venta generadas con este impuesto deberĆ”n ser facturas el mismo dĆ­a." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:595 -msgid "En caso de que alguna de las condiciones no sea cumplida (ejemplo el pago es realizado en efectivo) el impuesto deberĆ” ser actualizado manualmente al momento de facturar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:598 -msgid "**Posterior al dĆ­a SIN IVA**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:600 -msgid "Los productos que fueron actualizados deberĆ” ser reconfigurados a su IVA original." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia_ES.rst:601 -msgid "En caso de que se detecte alguna Orden de venta facturar en la cual se incluya IVA de Bienes Cubiertos, se deberĆ” realizar actualizaciĆ³n manual correspondiente al IVA convencional." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:-1 +msgid "Certificado de RetenciĆ³n en Fuente report in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:3 @@ -14854,11 +15102,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:75 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`" msgstr "" @@ -14871,16 +15114,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 -msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 msgid "Upload company logo and save" msgstr "" @@ -15116,16 +15349,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The chart of accounts for Ecuador is based on the most updated version of Superintendency of Companies, which is grouped in several categories and is compatible with NIIF accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:246 -msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:249 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:378 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:251 msgid "In addition to the basic information in your products, you must add the configuration of the withholding code (tax) that applies." msgstr "" @@ -15138,10 +15361,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Product for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:261 -msgid "Contacts" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:263 msgid "Configure the next information when you create a contact:" msgstr "" @@ -15238,11 +15457,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Document types for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:334 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 -msgid "Workflows" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:336 msgid "Once you have configured your database, you can register your documents." msgstr "" @@ -15429,6 +15643,7 @@ msgid "Purchase Documents" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:130 msgid "Vendor bill" msgstr "" @@ -15621,13 +15836,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "``l10n_eg``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 -msgid "Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:22 msgid ":guilabel:`Egyptian E-invoice Integration`" msgstr "" @@ -15799,6 +16007,7 @@ msgid "`Egyptian eInvoicing & eReceipt SDK - Code Tables Configuration --> Journals`, opening your *sales* journal, and in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, under :guilabel:`Electronic Data Interchange`, enable :guilabel:`E-Invoice (IN)` and save." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:240 +msgid "Workflow" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:118 msgid "Once an invoice is validated, a confirmation message is displayed at the top. Odoo automatically uploads the JSON-signed file of validated invoices to the NIC e-Invoice portal after some time. If you want to process the invoice immediately, click :guilabel:`Process now`." msgstr "" @@ -18120,6 +18334,7 @@ msgid "Italian localization modules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:38 msgid "Company information" msgstr "" @@ -19361,6 +19576,7 @@ msgid "EDI Advanced Features" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:45 msgid "Company" msgstr "" @@ -20445,10 +20661,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Manual year-end adjustments, using the **Journal Audit** report (For example, the **Current Earnings for the Year** and **Retained Earnings reports**)." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1252 +msgid "**Work in Progress**." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1253 msgid "**Depreciation Journals**." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1254 +msgid "**Loans**." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1255 msgid "**Tax Adjustments**." msgstr "" @@ -21177,6 +21401,7 @@ msgid "Partner identification type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:109 msgid "Product" msgstr "" @@ -21458,6 +21683,494 @@ msgstr "" msgid "By default the Debit Note is set in the document type." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:3 +msgid "Philippines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:8 +msgid ":ref:`Install ` the :guilabel:`šŸ‡µšŸ‡­ Philippines` :ref:`fiscal localization package ` to get all the default accounting features of the Philippine localization, such as a chart of accounts, taxes, and the BIR 2307 report. These provide a base template to get started with using Philippine accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:14 +msgid "When creating a new database and `Philippines` is selected as a country, the fiscal localization module **Philippines - Accounting** is automatically installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:16 +msgid "If installing the module in an existing company, the **chart of accounts** and **taxes** will *not* be replaced if there are already posted journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:18 +msgid "The BIR 2307 report is installed, but the withholding taxes may need to be manually created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:21 +msgid "Chart of accounts and taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:23 +msgid "A minimum configuration default chart of accounts is installed, and the following types of taxes are installed and also linked to the relevant account:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:26 +msgid "VAT 12%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:27 +msgid "VAT Exempt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:30 +msgid "For the withholding taxes, there is an additional :guilabel:`Philippines ATC` field under the :guilabel:`Philippines` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:-1 +msgid "Philippines ATC code field set on taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:36 +msgid "Taxes' ATC codes are used for the BIR 2307 report. If a tax is created manually, its ATC code must be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:42 +msgid "When a company or an individual (not belonging to a company) contact is located in the Philippines, fill in the :guilabel:`Tax ID` field with their `Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:45 +msgid "For individuals not belonging to a company, identify them by using the following additional fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`First Name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Middle Name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Last Name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:-1 +msgid "Individual type contact with First, Middle, and Last Name fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:55 +msgid "For both :guilabel:`Company` and :guilabel:`Individual`, the TIN should follow the `NNN-NNN-NNN-NNNNN` format. The branch code should follow the last digits of the TIN, or else it can be left as `00000`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:60 +msgid "BIR 2307 report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:62 +msgid "**BIR 2307** report data, also known as *Certificate of Creditable Tax Withheld at Source*, can be generated for purchase orders and vendor payments with the applicable withholding taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:65 +msgid "To generate a BIR 2307 report, select one or multiple vendor bills from the list view, and click :menuselection:`Action --> Download BIR 2307 XLS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:-1 +msgid "Multiple vendor bills selected with action to \"Download BIR 2307 XLS\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:71 +msgid "The same action can be performed on a vendor bill from the form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:73 +msgid "A pop-up appears to review the selection, then click on :guilabel:`Generate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:-1 +msgid "Pop up menu to generate BIR 2307 XLS file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:78 +msgid "This generates the `Form_2307.xls` file that lists all the vendor bill lines with the applicable withholding tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:81 +msgid "The same process above can also be done for a *single* vendor :doc:`payment <../accounting/payments>` if they were linked to one or more :doc:`vendor bills <../accounting/payments/multiple>` with applied withholding taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:86 +msgid "If there is no withholding tax applied, then the XLS file will not generate records for those vendor bill lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:88 +msgid "When grouping payments for multiple bills, Odoo splits the payments based on the contact. From a payment, clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Download BIR 2307 XLS`, generates a report that only includes vendor bills related to that contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:93 +msgid "Odoo cannot generate the BIR 2307 PDF report or DAT files directly. The generated `Form_2307.xls` file can be exported to an *external* tool to convert it to BIR DAT or PDF format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:3 +msgid "Romania" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:8 +msgid ":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the features of the Romanian localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Romania - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:18 +msgid "`l10n_ro`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`Romanian SAF-T Export`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:21 +msgid "`l10n_ro_saft`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:22 +msgid "Module to generate the **D.406 declaration** in the SAF-T format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:-1 +msgid "Modules for the Romanian localization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:28 +msgid "D.406 declaration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:30 +msgid "Starting January 1, 2023, companies registered for tax purposes in Romania must report their accounting data to the Romanian Tax Agency monthly or quarterly in the D.406 declaration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:33 +msgid "Odoo provides all you need to export the data of this declaration in the SAF-T XML format, which you can validate and sign using the software provided by the Romanian Tax Agency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:37 +msgid "Currently, Odoo only supports the generation of the monthly/quarterly D.406 declaration (containing journal entries, invoices, vendor bills, and payments). The yearly declaration (including assets) and the on-demand declaration (including inventory) are not yet supported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:47 +msgid "Under :guilabel:`Settings --> General Settings`, in the **Companies** section, click :guilabel:`Update Info` and fill in the company's :guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`City`, and :guilabel:`Telephone Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:50 +msgid "Provide your company's :abbr:`CUI (Codul Unic de Inregistrare)` number or :abbr:`CIF (*Codul de identificare fiscală*)` number (for foreign companies) in the :guilabel:`Company ID` field, without the `RO` prefix (e.g., `18547290`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:53 +msgid "If your company is **registered** for VAT in Romania, fill in the :guilabel:`Tax ID` field number, including the `RO` prefix (e.g., `RO18547290`). If the company is **not** registered for VAT in Romania, you **must not** fill in the :guilabel:`Tax ID` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:56 +msgid "Open the **Contacts** app and search for your company. Open your company's profile, and in the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and add your **bank account number** if not informed already. Make sure the profile is set as :guilabel:`Company` above the **name**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:60 +msgid "You must have at least one **contact person** linked to your company in the **Contacts** app. If no **contact person** is linked, create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`, set it as :guilabel:`Individual`, and select your company in the :guilabel:`Company name` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:67 +msgid "To generate a file receivable by the Romanian Tax Agency, the chart of accounts must not deviate from an official chart of accounts, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:70 +msgid "the chart of accounts for commercial companies (*PlanConturiBalSocCom*), which is installed by default when creating a company with the Romanian localization or;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:72 +msgid "the chart of accounts for companies following `IFRS `_ (*PlanConturiIFRS*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:74 +msgid "Under :guilabel:`Settings --> Accounting`, in the **Romanian localization** section, set the :guilabel:`Tax Accounting Basis` to reflect the accounting regulations and Chart of Accounts used by the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:82 +msgid "Customer and supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:84 +msgid "Fill in the :guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`City`, and :guilabel:`Zip Code` of each partner that appears in your invoices, vendor bills, or payments through the **Contacts** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:87 +msgid "For partners that are companies, you must fill in the VAT number (including the country prefix) in the :guilabel:`Tax ID` field. If the partner is a company based in Romania, you may instead fill in the CUI number (without the 'RO' prefix) in the :guilabel:`Company ID` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:94 +msgid "You must indicate the :guilabel:`Romanian SAF-T Tax Type` (3-digit number) and :guilabel:`Romanian SAF-T Tax Code` (6-digit number) on each of the taxes you use. This is already done for the taxes that exist by default in Odoo. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`, select the tax you wish to modify, click the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, and fill in the **tax type** and **tax code** fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:101 +msgid "The **tax type** and **tax code** are codes defined by the Romanian Tax Agency for the **D.406 declaration**. These can be found in the Excel spreadsheet published as guidance for completing the declaration, which you can find on the `website of the Romanian Tax Agency `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:111 +msgid "For some types of goods transactions, the :guilabel:`Intrastat Code` (Cod NC) must be configured on the product, as it is required by Romanian law:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:114 +msgid "import / export transactions;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:115 +msgid "acquisitions / supplies of food products subjected to reduced VAT rate;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:116 +msgid "intra-community movements subjected to intrastat reporting;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:117 +msgid "acquisitions / supplies subjected to local reversed VAT charge (depending on Cod NC); and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:118 +msgid "transactions with excisable products for which excise duties are determined based on the Cod NC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:120 +msgid "If the Intrastat Code is not specified on a non-service product, the default code '0' will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:122 +msgid "To configure the :guilabel:`Intrastat Codes`, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Products`, select a product, and in the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, set a :guilabel:`Commodity Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/intrastat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:132 +msgid "You must check the :guilabel:`Is self-invoice (RO)?` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab for any vendor bill that is a self-invoice (i.e. a vendor bill that you issued yourself in the absence of an invoice document received from a supplier)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:137 +msgid "Generating the declaration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:140 +msgid "Exporting your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:142 +msgid "To export the XML for the D.406 declaration, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> General Ledger` and click on :guilabel:`SAF-T`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:-1 +msgid "Click on the 'SAF-T' button to export the D.406 XML declaration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:149 +msgid "You can then validate and sign the XML file using the Romanian Tax Agency's validation software, *DUKIntegrator*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:153 +msgid "Signing the report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:155 +msgid "Download and install the *DUKIntegrator* validation software found on the `website of the Romanian Tax Agency `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:158 +msgid "Once you have generated the XML, open 'DUKIntegrator' and select the file you have just generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:160 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Validare + creare PDF` to create an **unsigned** PDF containing your report, or :guilabel:`Validare + creare PDF semnat` to create a **signed** PDF containing your report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:-1 +msgid "The DUKIntegrator validation software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:167 +msgid "If the *DUKIntegrator* validator detects errors or inconsistencies in your data, it generates a file that explains the errors. In this case, you need to correct those inconsistencies in your data before you can submit the report to the Romanian Tax Agency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:3 +msgid "Saudi Arabia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:8 +msgid ":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the features of the Saudi Arabian localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:18 +msgid "Saudi Arabia - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:19 +msgid "`l10n_sa`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:21 +msgid "Saudi Arabia - E-invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:22 +msgid "`l10n_sa_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:23 +msgid "ZATCA e-invoices implementation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:24 +msgid "Saudi Arabia - Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:25 +msgid "`l10n_sa_pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:26 +msgid "Point of Sale compliance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:29 +msgid "ZATCA e-invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:31 +msgid "The ZATCA e-invoicing system is designed to streamline and digitize the invoicing process for businesses operating in Saudi Arabia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:35 +msgid "`ZATCA e-invoicing page `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:40 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Companies`, click :guilabel:`Update info`, and ensure the following company information is complete and up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:43 +msgid "The full :guilabel:`Company Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:44 +msgid "All relevant :guilabel:`Address` fields, including the :guilabel:`Building Number` and :guilabel:`Plot Identification` (four digits each)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:46 +msgid "Select an enterprise :guilabel:`Identification Scheme`. It is recommended to use the :guilabel:`Commercial Registration Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:48 +msgid "Enter the :guilabel:`Identification Number` for the selected :guilabel:`Identification Scheme`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:49 +msgid "The :guilabel:`VAT` number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:50 +msgid "Ensure the :guilabel:`Currency` is set to :guilabel:`SAR`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:53 +msgid "It is also necessary to fill out similar information for partner companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:56 +msgid "Simulation mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:59 +msgid "It is strongly recommended to thoroughly test all invoicing workflows using the Fatoora **simulation** portal first, as **any** invoice submitted to the regular Fatoora portal will be accounted for, which could lead to fines and penalties." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:64 +msgid "Fatoora simulation portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:66 +msgid "Log in on the `Fatoora portal `_ using the company's ZATCA credentials. Then, click the :guilabel:`Fatoora Simulation Portal` button to switch to the simulation portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:71 +msgid "`ZACTA Fatoora portal user manual version 3 (May 2023) `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:76 +msgid "ZATCA API integration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:78 +msgid "On Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under :guilabel:`ZATCA API Integration`, select the :guilabel:`Simulation (Pre-Production)` :guilabel:`API mode` and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:85 +msgid "Sales journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:87 +msgid "Each sales journal on Odoo needs to be configured. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open any sales journal (e.g., Customer Invoices), and go to the :guilabel:`ZATCA` tab. Once there, enter any :guilabel:`Serial Number` to identify the journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:92 +msgid "The same serial number can be used for all of the company's sales journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:94 +msgid "Next, click :guilabel:`Onboard Journal`. In the dialog box, providing an :abbr:`OTP (one-time password)` code is required. To retrieve it, open the `Fatoora simulation portal `_, click :guilabel:`Onboard New Solution Unit/Device`, choose the number of OTP codes to generate (one per journal to configure), and click :guilabel:`Generate OTP Code`. Copy an OTP code, it into the dialog box on Odoo, and click :guilabel:`Request`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:101 +msgid "OTP codes expire after one hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:104 +msgid "If any issue occurs during onboarding, click :guilabel:`Regenerate CSR` to start again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:107 +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:109 +msgid "When confirming an invoice, there is now an option to process the invoice, sending it directly the Fatoora simulation portal. Odoo displays the portal's response after each submission. Only rejected invoices can be reset to draft and edited on Odoo. Furthermore, at the end of each day, Odoo sends all unprocessed invoices to the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:115 +msgid "Testing all invoicing workflows, preferably with real invoices and for a reasonable amount of time, is recommended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:117 +msgid "Compare the invoices received statistics page on the Fatoora simulation portal with the list of invoices on Odoo to ensure both align." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:123 +msgid "When using a **0% tax** in a customer invoice, it is necessary to specify the reason behind such a rate. To configure taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, and open the tax to edit. Under the :guilabel:`Advanced Options`, select an :guilabel:`Exemption Reason Code` and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:128 +msgid "When using **retention** or **withholding an amount** in a customer invoice, the tax used to retain the amount needs to be specified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:132 +msgid "Production mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:134 +msgid "When ready for production, change the :ref:`API mode ` to :guilabel:`Production` and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:138 +msgid "Setting the :guilabel:`API mode` to :guilabel:`Production` is **irreversible**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:140 +msgid "The sales journals initially linked to the simulation portal now needs to be linked to the regular portal. To do so, :ref:`onboard the journals ` again, ensuring to use the regular `Fatoora portal `_ this time." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:3 msgid "Spain" msgstr "" @@ -23208,15 +23921,15 @@ msgid ":abbr:`ACH (automated clearing house)` is an electronic funds transfer sy msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:62 -msgid "To give customers the possibility to pay using ACH, `sign up for Authorize.Net eCheck's service `_. Once eCheck is activated, duplicate the previously configured Authorize.Net payment acquirer on Odoo by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers --> Authorize.net --> ā›­ Action --> Duplicate`. Then, change the acquirer's name to differentiate both versions (e.g., `Authorize.net - Banks`)." +msgid "To give customers the possibility to pay using ACH, `sign up for Authorize.Net eCheck's service `_. Once eCheck is activated, duplicate the previously configured Authorize.Net payment provider on Odoo by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers --> Authorize.net --> ā›­ Action --> Duplicate`. Then, change the provider's name to differentiate both versions (e.g., `Authorize.net - Banks`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:68 -msgid "Open the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, click :guilabel:`Edit` and set the :guilabel:`Allow Payments From` field to :guilabel:`Bank Account (USA only)`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgid "Open the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, set the :guilabel:`Allow Payments From` field to :guilabel:`Bank Account (USA only)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:71 -msgid "When ready, change the acquirer's :guilabel:`State` to :guilabel:`Enabled` for a regular account or :guilabel:`Test Mode` for a sandbox account, and :guilabel:`Save`." +msgid "When ready, change the provider's :guilabel:`State` to :guilabel:`Enabled` for a regular account or :guilabel:`Test Mode` for a sandbox account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:75 diff --git a/locale/sources/general.pot b/locale/sources/general.pot index 59e0587b5..6d2f16b23 100644 --- a/locale/sources/general.pot +++ b/locale/sources/general.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo saas-16.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-27 15:04+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-08-18 05:58+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -113,6 +113,7 @@ msgid "Uninstalling an app also uninstalls all its dependencies and permanently msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:79 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "" @@ -221,18 +222,189 @@ msgid "Microsoft Azure sign-in authentication" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:5 -msgid "Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." +msgid "The Microsoft Azure OAuth sign-in authentication is a useful function that allows Odoo users to sign in to their database with their Microsoft Azure account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:8 +msgid "This is particularly helpful if the organization uses Azure Workspace, and wants employees within the organization to connect to Odoo using their Microsoft Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:12 +msgid "Databases hosted on Odoo.com should not use OAuth login for the owner or administrator of the database as it would unlink the database from their Odoo.com account. If OAuth is set up for that user, the database will no longer be able to be duplicated, renamed, or otherwise managed from the Odoo.com portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`../../productivity/calendar/outlook`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/azure_oauth`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:13 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:25 +msgid "Integrating the Microsoft sign-in function requires configuration on Microsoft and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:28 +msgid "Odoo System Parameter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:30 +msgid "First activate the :ref:`developer mode `, and then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:33 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create` and on the new/blank form that appears, add the following system parameter `auth_oauth.authorization_header` to the :guilabel:`Key` field, and set the :guilabel:`Value` to `1`. Then click :guilabel:`Save` to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:38 +msgid "Microsoft Azure dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:41 +msgid "Create a new application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:43 +msgid "Now that the system parameters in Odoo have been set up, it's time to create a corresponding application inside of Microsoft Azure. To get started creating the new application, go to `Microsoft's Azure Portal `_. Log in with the :guilabel:`Microsoft Outlook Office 365` account if there is one, otherwise, log in with a personal :guilabel:`Microsoft account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:50 +msgid "A user with administrative access to the *Azure Settings* must connect and perform the following configuration steps below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:53 +msgid "Next, navigate to the section labeled :guilabel:`Manage Azure Active Directory`. The location of this link is usually in the center of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:56 +msgid "Now, click on the :guilabel:`Add (+)` icon, located in the top menu, and then select :guilabel:`App registration` from the drop-down menu. On the :guilabel:`Register an application` screen, rename the :guilabel:`Name` field to `Odoo Login OAuth` or a similarly recognizable title. Under the :guilabel:`Supported account types` section select the option for :guilabel:`Accounts in this organizational directory only (Default Directory only - Single tenant)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:63 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Supported account types` can vary by Microsoft account type and end use of the OAuth. For example: Is the login meant for internal users within one organization or is it meant for customer portal access? The above configuration is used for internal users in an organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:68 +msgid "Choose :guilabel:`Personal Microsoft accounts only` if the target audience is meant for portal users. Choose :guilabel:`Accounts in this organizational directory only (Default Directory only - Single tenant)` if the target audience is company users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:72 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Redirect URL` section, select :guilabel:`Web` as the platform, and then input `https:///auth_oauth/signin` in the :guilabel:`URL` field. The Odoo base :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` is the canonical domain at which your Odoo instance can be reached (e.g. *mydatabase.odoo.com* if you are hosted on Odoo.com) in the :guilabel:`URL` field. Then, click :guilabel:`Register`, and the application is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:81 +msgid "Edit the new app's authentication by clicking on the :guilabel:`Authentication` menu item in the left menu after being redirected to the application's settings from the previous step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:84 +msgid "Next, the type of *tokens* needed for the OAuth authentication will be chosen. These are not currency tokens but rather authentication tokens that are passed between Microsoft and Odoo. Therefore, there is no cost for these tokens; they are used merely for authentication purposes between two :abbr:`APIs (application programming interfaces)`. Select the tokens that should be issued by the authorization endpoint by scrolling down the screen and check the boxes labeled: :guilabel:`Access tokens (used for implicit flows)` and :guilabel:`ID tokens (used for implicit and hybrid flows)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:-1 +msgid "Authentication settings and endpoint tokens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:96 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to ensure these settings are saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:99 +msgid "Gather credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:101 +msgid "With the application created and authenticated in the Microsoft Azure console, credentials will be gathered next. To do so, click on the :guilabel:`Overview` menu item in the left-hand column. Select and copy the :guilabel:`Application (client) ID` in the window that appears. Paste this credential to a clipboard / notepad, as this credential will be used in the Odoo configuration later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:106 +msgid "After finishing this step, click on :guilabel:`Endpoints` on the top menu and click the *copy icon* next to :guilabel:`OAuth 2.0 authorization endpoint (v2)` field. Paste this value in the clipboard / notepad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:-1 +msgid "Application ID and OAuth 2.0 authorization endpoint (v2) credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:115 +msgid "Odoo setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:117 +msgid "Finally, the last step in the Microsoft Azure OAuth configuration is to configure some settings in Odoo. Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Integrations --> OAuth Authentication` and check the box to activate the OAuth login feature. Click :guilabel:`Save` to ensure the progress is saved. Then, sign in to the database once the login screen loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:122 +msgid "Once again, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Integrations --> OAuth Authentication` and click on :guilabel:`OAuth Providers`. Now, select :guilabel:`New` in the upper-left corner and name the provider `Azure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:126 +msgid "Paste the :guilabel:`Application (client) ID` from the previous section into the :guilabel:`Client ID` field. After completing this, paste the new :guilabel:`OAuth 2.0 authorization endpoint (v2)` value into the :guilabel:`Authorization URL` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:130 +msgid "For the :guilabel:`UserInfo URL` field, paste the following :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)`: `https://graph.microsoft.com/oidc/userinfo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:133 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Scope` field, paste the following value: `openid profile email`. Next, the Windows logo can be used as the CSS class on the login screen by entering the following value: `fa fa-fw fa-windows`, in the :guilabel:`CSS class` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:137 +msgid "Check the box next to the :guilabel:`Allowed` field to enable the OAuth provider. Finally, add `Microsoft Azure` to the :guilabel:`Login button label` field. This text will appear next to the Windows logo on the login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:-1 +msgid "Odoo provider setup in the Settings application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:145 +msgid ":guilabel:`Save` the changes to complete the OAuth authentication setup in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:148 +msgid "User experience flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:150 +msgid "For a user to log in to Odoo using Microsoft Azure, the user must be on the :menuselection:`Odoo password reset page`. This is the only way that Odoo is able to link the Microsoft Azure account and allow the user to log in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:155 +msgid "Existing users must :ref:`reset their password ` to access the :menuselection:`Odoo password reset page`. New Odoo users must click the new user invitation link that was sent via email, then click on :guilabel:`Microsoft Azure`. Users should not set a new password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:160 +msgid "To sign in to Odoo for the first time using the Microsoft Azure OAuth provider, navigate to the :menuselection:`Odoo password reset page` (using the new user invitation link). A password reset page should appear. Then, click on the option labeled :guilabel:`Microsoft Azure`. The page will redirect to the Microsoft login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:-1 +msgid "Microsoft Outlook login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:169 +msgid "Enter the :guilabel:`Microsoft Email Address` and click :guilabel:`Next`. Follow the process to sign in to the account. Should :abbr:`2FA (Two Factor Authentication)` be turned on, then an extra step may be required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:-1 +msgid "Enter Microsoft login credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:177 +msgid "Finally, after logging in to the account, the page will redirect to a permissions page where the user will be prompted to :guilabel:`Accept` the conditions that the Odoo application will access their Microsoft information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:-1 +msgid "Accept Microsoft conditions for permission access to your account information." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "Google Sign-In Authentication" msgstr "" @@ -246,33 +418,31 @@ msgid "This is particularly helpful if the organization uses Google Workspace, a msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:12 +msgid "Databases hosted on Odoo.com should not use Oauth login for the owner or administrator of the database as it would unlink the database from their Odoo.com account. If Oauth is set up for that user, the database will no longer be able to be duplicated, renamed or otherwise managed from the Odoo.com portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/calendar/google`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:66 msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/google_oauth`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:13 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:26 msgid "The integration of the Google sign-in function requires configuration both on Google *and* Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:31 msgid "Google API Dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:33 msgid "Go to the `Google API Dashboard `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:34 msgid "Make sure the right project is opened. If there isn't a project yet, click on :guilabel:`Create Project`, fill out the project name and other details of the company, and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" @@ -280,15 +450,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Filling out the details of a new project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:43 msgid "Choose the name of the company from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:48 msgid "OAuth consent screen" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:50 msgid "On the left side menu, click on :menuselection:`OAuth consent screen`." msgstr "" @@ -296,7 +466,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Google OAuth consent selection menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:56 msgid "Choose one of the options (:guilabel:`Internal` / :guilabel:`External`), and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" @@ -304,35 +474,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choice of a user type in OAuth consent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:64 msgid "*Personal* Gmail Accounts are only allowed to be **External** User Type, which means Google may require an approval, or for *Scopes* to be added on. However, using a *Google WorkSpace* account allows for **Internal** User Type to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:68 msgid "Note, as well, that while the API connection is in the *External* testing mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing mode is set to 100 users." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:71 msgid "Fill out the required details and domain info, then click on :guilabel:`Save and Continue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:72 msgid "On the :menuselection:`Scopes` page, leave all fields as is, and click on :guilabel:`Save and Continue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:74 msgid "Next, if continuing in testing mode (*External*), add the email addresses being configured under the :guilabel:`Test users` step by clicking on :guilabel:`Add Users`, and then the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. A summary of the app registration appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:77 msgid "Finally, scroll to the bottom, and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:82 msgid "Credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:84 msgid "On the left side menu, click on :menuselection:`Credentials`." msgstr "" @@ -340,7 +510,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credentials button menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:90 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`OAuth client ID`." msgstr "" @@ -348,27 +518,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "OAuth client id selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:96 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Web Application` as the :guilabel:`Application Type`. Now, configure the allowed pages on which Odoo will be redirected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:99 msgid "In order to achieve this, in the :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` field, enter the database's domain immediately followed by `/auth_oauth/signin`. For example: `https://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin`, then click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:103 msgid "Now that the *OAuth client* has been created, a screen will appear with the :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. Copy the :guilabel:`Client ID` for later, as it will be necessary for the configuration in Odoo, which will be covered in the following steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:110 msgid "Google Authentication on Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:115 msgid "Retrieve the Client ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:117 msgid "Once the previous steps are complete, two keys are generated on the Google API Dashboard: :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. Copy the :guilabel:`Client ID`." msgstr "" @@ -376,19 +546,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Google OAuth Client ID generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:127 msgid "Odoo activation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:129 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Odoo General Settings --> Integrations` and activate :guilabel:`OAuth Authentication`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:133 msgid "Odoo may prompt the user to log-in again after this step." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:135 msgid "Go back to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Integrations --> OAuth Authentication`, activate the selection and :guilabel:`Save`. Next, return to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Integrations --> Google Authentication` and activate the selection. Then fill out the :guilabel:`Client ID` with the key from the Google API Dashboard, and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" @@ -396,15 +566,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Filling out the client id in Odoo settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:145 msgid "Google OAuth2 configuration can also be accessed by clicking on :guilabel:`OAuth Providers` under the :guilabel:`OAuth Authentication` heading in :menuselection:`Integrations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:151 msgid "Log in to Odoo with Google" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:153 msgid "To link the Google account to the Odoo profile, click on :guilabel:`Log in with Google` when first logging into Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -412,11 +582,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Reset password screen with \"Log in with Google\" button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:161 msgid "Existing users must :ref:`reset their password ` to access the :menuselection:`Reset Password` page, while new users can directly click on :guilabel:`Log in with Google`, instead of choosing a new password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:166 msgid "`Google Cloud Platform Console Help - Setting up OAuth 2.0 `_" msgstr "" @@ -1589,39 +1759,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "200 emails/day for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active subscription," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:45 -msgid "50 emails/day for one-app free and trial databases," +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:44 +msgid "20 emails/day for one-app free databases," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:45 +msgid "50 emails/day for trial databases," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:46 msgid "in case of migration, your daily limit might be reset to 50 emails a day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:48 msgid "In case you hit the limit, you can:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:50 msgid "Ask our support team to increase your daily limit. We will analyze the situation of your database depending on (non-exhaustive list):" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:53 msgid "How many users in your database," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:54 msgid "Which apps are installed," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:55 msgid "Your bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive your emails because it was returned by a mail server on its way to the final recipient. You can contact the `support `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:59 msgid "Use your own outgoing email server to be independent of Odooā€™s mail limit (please refer to :doc:`the corresponding documentation `)," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:61 msgid "Wait until 11pm UTC for the reset and click on the retry button: The :ref:`Developer mode ` must be activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Emails`" msgstr "" @@ -1629,47 +1803,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Retry button of an emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:69 msgid "The daily limit is global to your database and can rise quickly! By default an internal message, a notification, a note, etc. counts as an email in your daily limit if it notifies someone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:72 msgid "You can mitigate this by receiving your :ref:`notifications in Odoo ` instead of by emails." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:76 msgid "SMTP Error" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:78 msgid "You can find out why an email wasn't transmitted successfully by reviewing the Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages. SMTP is a protocol to describe the email structure and transmit it over the Internet, and the error messages generated by email services are helpful tools to diagnose and troubleshoot email problems." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:84 msgid "No Error" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:86 msgid "Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it failed. The different providers implement a personalized policy of the bounce emails and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:90 msgid "If you have this problem on a recurring basis with the same client or the same domain, please do not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support `_ for help in finding a reason." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:93 msgid "Note: in such case, one of the most common reasons is related to :ref:`SPF ` and/or :ref:`DKIM ` configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:97 msgid "Why is my email sent late?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:99 msgid "It may happen that you schedule an email campaign but it is not sent on time. We know that we use a delayed job to send emails that we consider as not urgent (Newsletters concept such as mass mailing, marketing automation, events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to run automatically at predetermined intervals. We use that policy in order to avoid cluttering the mail servers and prioritize the communication." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:105 msgid "The emails considered urgent (communication from one person to another one such as Sales Orders, Invoices, Purchase Orders, etc.) are sent directly." msgstr "" @@ -1677,83 +1851,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Email scheduled to be sent later." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:112 msgid "By default, the Mass Mailing cron runs every 60 minutes. So, you should wait maximum an hour before the campaign is actually sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:116 msgid "Incoming emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:118 msgid "When you have an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an indication per se in Odoo. This is the client who tries to contact a database who will get a bounce (most of the time 550: mailbox unavailable)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:123 msgid "Emails are not received" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:125 msgid "Depending on the platform you are using:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:127 msgid "The **Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder :file:`~/logs/`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:129 msgid "The folder :file:`~/logs/` (preferably accessed by the command line) of an Odoo.sh contains a list of files containing the logs of the database. The log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM UTC. The two last days are not compressed, while the older ones are, in order to gain space. The naming of the files for Today and Yesterday are :file:`odoo.log` and :file:`odoo.log.1`. For the following, they are named with their dates and compressed. See the Odoo.sh documentation about :ref:`logs `. Use the command ``grep`` and ``zgrep`` (for the compressed ones) to search through the files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:137 msgid "**Odoo Online** users wonā€™t have access to their logs. However you can still contact `Odoo Support `_ , if you have a recurring issue with the same client or domain." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:142 msgid "Get help from support" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:144 msgid "In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:147 msgid "The **EML** of the email, stating for *Electronic Mail*, is the file format containing all the technical information required for an investigation. The documentation of your own email provider might help you on how to get your EML files. Once you get the EML of the email, adding it in the attachment of your ticket is the most efficient way for us to investigate. The support will mainly focus on redundant issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:154 msgid "`Gmail documentation `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:156 msgid "`Outlook documentation `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:159 msgid "The exact flow you are following in order to normally receive those emails in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:162 msgid "Is this simply a reply from an email going out from Odoo ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:164 msgid "Are you using an incoming email server or somehow redirecting?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:166 msgid "Can you provide us with an example of an email that has been correctly forwarded ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:168 msgid "Providing answers to the following questions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:170 msgid "Is it a generic issue or is it specific to a use case? If yes, which one exactly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:172 msgid "Is it working as expected? In case the email is sent using Odoo, the bounce email should reach the Odoo database and display the :ref:`red envelope `." msgstr "" @@ -2691,11 +2865,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and contacts. It provides you the ability to generate reports of aggregated figures without switching interfaces, which facilitates daily tasks and the overall management process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:13 msgid "Manage companies and records" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:15 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form with your companyā€™s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records are shared between the two companies (as long as both environments are active)." msgstr "" @@ -2703,7 +2877,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview of a new company's form in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:24 msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode ` to choose a *Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them by the browser tabs. Set your faviconsā€™ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels. JPG, PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." msgstr "" @@ -2711,7 +2885,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of a web browser and the favicon for a specific company chosen in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:33 msgid "Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is in use. To switch environments, click on the companyā€™s name. In the example below, the user has access to three companies, two are activated, and the environment in use is of *JS Store US*." msgstr "" @@ -2719,15 +2893,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the companies menu through the main dashboard in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:42 msgid "Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:45 msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:46 msgid "*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that specific company." msgstr "" @@ -2735,11 +2909,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of a product's form emphasizing the company field in Odoo Sales" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:53 msgid "Employees' access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:55 msgid "Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights ` for *Multi Companies*." msgstr "" @@ -2748,35 +2922,35 @@ msgid "View of an user form emphasizing the multi companies field under the acce "in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:64 msgid "If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is **editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:67 msgid "Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US (the company from which the sale order was issued)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:68 msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:70 msgid "The current company (the one active) or," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:71 msgid "No company is set (on products and contactsā€™ forms for example) or," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:72 msgid "The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record is being edited)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:75 msgid "Documentsā€™ format" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:77 msgid "To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select* the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document Layout*." msgstr "" @@ -2784,39 +2958,39 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the document layout field in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:85 msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:87 msgid "First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:89 msgid ":doc:`Chart of Accounts <../../finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:90 msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxes>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:91 msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:92 msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../finance/accounting/bank>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Localizations <../../finance/fiscal_localizations>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:96 msgid "Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like operations between companies to be synchronized at an invoice/bills level or at a sales/purchase orders level." msgstr "" @@ -2824,11 +2998,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the inter company transaction field in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:104 msgid "**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:107 msgid "*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store Belgium." msgstr "" @@ -2836,11 +3010,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of an invoice for JS Store US created on JS Store Belgium in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:114 msgid "**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is confirmed for the selected company. If instead of a drafted purchase/sales order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:118 msgid "*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." msgstr "" @@ -2848,19 +3022,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the purchase created on JS Store US from JS Store Belgium in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:127 msgid "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold* and must be shared between the companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:130 msgid "Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:133 msgid ":doc:`Multi-company Guidelines `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:134 msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/hr.pot b/locale/sources/hr.pot new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c88ce519 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/sources/hr.pot @@ -0,0 +1,803 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo saas-16.1\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-08-18 05:58+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr.rst:5 +msgid "Human resources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:8 +msgid "Attendances" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:10 +msgid "**Odoo Attendances** functions as a time clock. Employees check in and check out of work, while managers can see who is available at any given time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:14 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Attendances `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Hardware" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:6 +msgid "Kiosk management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:8 +msgid "A kiosk is a self-service station that allows employees to check in and check out for work shifts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:10 +msgid "There are two ways to set up a kiosk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:12 +msgid "**Laptop and desktop PC**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:14 +msgid "Running a kiosk in a web browser is the cheapest and most flexible option. You can print employee badges with any thermal or inkjet printer compatible with your web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:17 +msgid "**Tablet and mobile phone (Android or iOS)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:19 +msgid "Tablets and mobile phones take up much less space, and their touchscreens are easy to use. Consider putting them in a secure stand at the front desk or mounting them securely on a wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:23 +msgid "We recommend using an iPad together with the `Heckler Design WindFall Stand `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:27 +msgid "RFID key fob readers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:29 +msgid "Employees can scan personal RFID key fobs with an RFID reader to manage check-ins and check-outs quickly and easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:-1 +msgid "An RFID key fob is placed on an RFID reader" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:38 +msgid "We recommend using the `Neuftech USB RFID Reader `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:57 +msgid "An IoT box is **not** required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:44 +msgid "Barcode scanners" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:46 +msgid "Employees can scan the barcode on their employee badges to manage check-ins and check-outs quickly and easily. The kiosk mode works with most USB barcode scanners connected directly to a computer. Bluetooth barcode scanners are also supported natively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:51 +msgid "We recommend using the `Honeywell product line `_. If the barcode scanner is connected directly to a computer, it must be configured to use the computer's keyboard layout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7 +msgid "Employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9 +msgid "Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 +msgid "Add a new employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 +msgid "When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app default view, click the :guilabel:`Create` button to access a new employee form. Fill out the required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:-1 +msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +msgid "The current company phone number and name is populated in the :guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +msgid "General information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +msgid "Required fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: In the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab, select the desired :guilabel:`Working Hours` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:-1 +msgid "Working Hours are located in the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +msgid "Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +msgid "If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or edit an existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:46 +msgid "After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:49 +msgid "Optional fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on the :guilabel:`āœļø (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:54 +msgid "Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit to the amount of tags that can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:57 +msgid "Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, :guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:59 +msgid ":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +msgid ":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +msgid "After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:68 +msgid "To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link` button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click :guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +msgid "Additional information tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:77 +msgid "ResumĆ© tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +msgid "ResumĆ©" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 +msgid "Next, the employee's work history is entered in the :guilabel:`ResumĆ©` tab. Each previous experience must be entered individually. Click :guilabel:`Create a New Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create ResumĆ© lines` form appears. Enter the following information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to save the current entry and create another line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:-1 +msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name of the previous work experience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:93 +msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either :guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 +msgid ":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, :guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:98 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired month, then click on the day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:104 +msgid "Skills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 +msgid "An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`ResumĆ©` tab in the same manner a resumĆ© line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form appears. Fill in the information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:-1 +msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select from the drop-down menu either :guilabel:`Languages`, :guilabel:`Dev`, :guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Marketing`, or type in a new skill type. After entering the new skill type, an option to :guilabel:`Create` the skill or :guilabel:`Create and Edit` the skill appears. Click :guilabel:`Create and Edit`, and a pop-up for the specific skill type appears. This can also be accessed with the :guilabel:`External Link` button next to the new skill. This form allows for the creation of specific skills and levels. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the information for the new skill, then repeat for all other added skills. Repeat this process for the :guilabel:`Levels` section. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add each level and progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add a new skill and levels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:131 +msgid "To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. In the :guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and `Trigonometry`. And, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `beginner`, `intermediate`, and `expert`. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting :guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +msgid ":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a level or create a new skill level by typing it in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:142 +msgid ":guilabel:`Progress`: Progress is automatically selected based on the selected :guilabel:`Skill Level`. Skill levels and progress can be modified in the :guilabel:`Skill Type` pop-up form, which is accessed via the :guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Type` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +msgid "To delete any line from the :guilabel:`ResumĆ©` tab, click the :guilabel:`šŸ—‘ļø (trash can)` delete icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the :guilabel:`ADD` button next to the corresponding section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:151 +msgid "Work information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company form in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is where any specific location details should be noted, such as a floor, or building." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 +msgid ":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the employees responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and :guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after making any edits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:162 +msgid ":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` (required) and :guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours can be created, modified, or deleted here. Global time off (such as holidays) can be entered in the :guilabel:`Global Time Off` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new global time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:167 +msgid ":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for both the :guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` fields to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Planning Roles` that can be selected for an employee, but there can only be one :guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the *typical* role that the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to perform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:179 +msgid "Private information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:181 +msgid "No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:186 +msgid "Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +msgid ":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the :guilabel:`Address` for the employee. The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the information is not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit the new address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the address form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid ":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, :guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or :guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:200 +msgid ":guilabel:`Emergency Contact`: Type in the name and phone number of the employee's emergency contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:202 +msgid ":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, :guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +msgid ":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and :guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. If the employee is :guilabel:`Disabled` or a :guilabel:`Nonresident`, click the check box next to the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:216 +msgid ":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any dependants, that information is entered here. Type in the number of children the employee has, and check the boxes next to :guilabel:`Disabled Children` and/or :guilabel:`Other Dependent People` if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219 +msgid ":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or :guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` to enter the expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:-1 +msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:228 +msgid "HR settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:230 +msgid "This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the country the company is located. Different fields are configured for different locations, however some sections appear regardless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 +msgid ":guilabel:`Status`: If applicable, select a :guilabel:`Related User`, :guilabel:`Job Position`, and :guilabel:`Language` with the drop-down menus. Type in the :guilabel:`Registration Number of the Employee`, and the :guilabel:`NIF Country Code` if available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:237 +msgid ":guilabel:`Fleet`: If the employee has access to a company car, enter the :guilabel:`Mobility Card` information here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 +msgid ":guilabel:`Timesheets`: Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a work center. This value affects the employee's pay, and may also affect manufacturing costs for a product, if the value of the manufactured product is not a fixed amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid ":guilabel:`Attendance`: This section may only appear for Belgian companies. Enter the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS` number if applicable. :guilabel:`Badge ID` and a :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a badge ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:-1 +msgid "Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "Personal documents tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:255 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Personal Documents` tab is only displayed for certain countries. If this tab is not visible, it is not applicable to the company's location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +msgid "Add a file for the employee's :guilabel:`ID Card Copy`, :guilabel:`Driving License`, :guilabel:`Mobile Subscription Invoice`, :guilabel:`SIM Card Copy`, and :guilabel:`Internet Subscription Invoice` by clicking the :guilabel:`Upload Your File` button next to the corresponding field. File types that can be accepted are :file:`.jpg`, :file:`.png`, and :file:`.pdf`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:-1 +msgid "Upload personal documents for the employee in the Personal Documents tab, either a jpg,\n" +"png, or pdf." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:3 +msgid "Payroll" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo *Payroll* is used to process work entries and create payslips for employees, including both regular pay and commission. Payroll works in conjunction with other Odoo apps, such as *Employees*, *Timesheets*, *Time Off*, and *Attendances*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:9 +msgid "The *Payroll* app helps ensure there are no issues or conflicts when validating work entries, handles country-specific localizations to ensure that payslips follow local rules and taxes, and allows for salary assignments. Payroll configuration is critical to ensure accurate and timely processing of payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:15 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:17 +msgid "To access the *Settings*, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Settings`. Whether or not payslips are posted in accounting, and whether SEPA payments are created, is selected here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:20 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Settings` screen is where localization settings are configured. *Localizations* are country-specific settings pre-configured in Odoo at the creation of the database, and account for all taxes, fees, and allowances for that particular country. The :guilabel:`Localization` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` includes a detailed view of all benefits provided to employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1 +msgid "Settings available for Payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:29 +msgid "Any country-specific localizations are set up in the :guilabel:`Localization` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` screen. All localization items are pre-populated when the country is specified during the creation of the database. It is not recommended to alter the localization settings unless specifically required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:35 +msgid "Work entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:37 +msgid "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, such as :guilabel:`Attendance`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, :guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:42 +msgid "Work entry types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:44 +msgid "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` needs to be selected. The list of :guilabel:`Work Entry Types` is automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:49 +msgid "To view the current work entry types available, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:52 +msgid "Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1 +msgid "List of all work entry types currently available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:60 +msgid "New work entry type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:62 +msgid "To create a new work entry type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:65 +msgid ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: The name should be short and descriptive, such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the *Accounting* application, it is advised to check with the accounting department for a code to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Sequence`: The sequence determines the order that the work entry is computed in the payslip list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 +msgid "Check boxes: If any of the items in the list applies to the work entry, check off the box by clicking it. If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked off, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time off, or a new type of time off can be entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1 +msgid "New work entry type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method determines how timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:84 +msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: A timesheet entry is not modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`Half Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:86 +msgid ":guilabel:`Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:89 +msgid "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and :guilabel:`Rounding` is set to :guilabel:`No Rounding`, the entry remains 5.5 hours. If :guilabel:`Rounding` is set to :guilabel:`Half Day`, the entry is changed to 4 hours. If it is set to :guilabel:`Day`, it is changed to 8 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:95 +msgid "Working times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:97 +msgid "To view the currently configured working times, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times`. The working times that are available for an employee's contracts and work entries are found in this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:101 +msgid "Working times are company-specific. Each company must identify each type of working time they use. For example, an Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour work week needs to have a separate working time entry for each company that uses the 40-hour standard work week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1 +msgid "All working times currently set up in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 +msgid "New working time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:113 +msgid "To create a new working time, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1 +msgid "New working type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:120 +msgid "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, make any adjustments to the days and times that apply to the new working time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:124 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, :guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by clicking on the drop-down menus in each column and making the desired selection. The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` columns are modified by typing in the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:130 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 +msgid "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the :guilabel:`Switch To 2 Week Calendar` button. This creates entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 +msgid "Salary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 +msgid "Structure types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 +msgid "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure type is an individual set of rules for processing a timesheet entry, which consists of different structures nested within it. Structure types define how often an employee gets paid, the working hours, and if wages are based on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:150 +msgid "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which includes all the separate rules for processing regular pay, as well as a structure for an `End of Year Bonus` which includes the rules only for the end of year bonus. Both the `Regular Pay` structure and `End of Year Bonus` structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:156 +msgid "The different structure types can be seen by going to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structure Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:159 +msgid "There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: *Employee* and *Worker*. Typically, *Employee* is used for salaried employees, which is why the wage type is *Monthly Fixed Wage*, and *Worker* is typically used for employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is *Hourly Wage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1 +msgid "List of all structure types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:167 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to make a new structure type. Most fields are pre-populated, but all fields can be edited. Once the fields are edited, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1 +msgid "New structure type box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:176 +msgid "Structures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:178 +msgid "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:181 +msgid "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated. For example, a common structure that could be useful to add may be a `Bonus`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:185 +msgid "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structures`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1 +msgid "All available salary structures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +msgid "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that define it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:195 +msgid "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are what calculate the payslip for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1 +msgid "Salary structure details for Regular Pay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:203 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:205 +msgid "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect the *Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:209 +msgid "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular Pay`) to view all the rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1 +msgid "Rules for each salary structure type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +msgid "To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new rule form appears. Enter the information in the fields, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1 +msgid "Enter the information for the new rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:223 +msgid "The required fields for a rule are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:225 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:226 +msgid ":guilabel:`Category`: Select a category the rule applies to from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:228 +msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: Enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code as this will affect them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 +msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: Select a salary structure the rule applies to from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:232 +msgid ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from the drop-down menu whether the rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always applies), a :guilabel:`Range` (applies to a specific range, which is entered beneath the selection), or a :guilabel:`Python Expression` (the code is entered beneath the selection)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:236 +msgid ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from the drop-down menu whether the amount is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a :guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, or a :guilabel:`Python Code`. Depending on what is selected, the fixed amount, percentage, or Python code needs to be entered next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:242 +msgid "Rule parameters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:245 +msgid "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:250 +msgid "Other input types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +msgid "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These other inputs can be configured by going to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Other Input Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1 +msgid "Other input types for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:260 +msgid "To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the :guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field. Click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1 +msgid "Create a new Input Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:270 +msgid "Salary package configurator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:272 +msgid "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration` menu all affect an employee's potential salary. These sections (:guilabel:`Advantages`, :guilabel:`Personal Info`, and :guilabel:`Resume`) specify what benefits can be offered to an employee in their salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 +msgid "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant applies for a job on the company website, the sections under :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` directly affect what the applicant sees, and what is populated as the applicant enters information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:283 +msgid "Advantages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:285 +msgid "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain *advantages* set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make the offer more appealing (such as extra time off, access to a company car, reimbursement for a phone or internet, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:289 +msgid "To see the advantages, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by :guilabel:`Structure type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1 +msgid "Settings available for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:296 +msgid "To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the information in the fields, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1 +msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:304 +msgid "The required fields for an advantage are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:306 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the name for the advantage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +msgid ":guilabel:`Advantage Field`: Select from the drop-down menu what field in the payslip this advantage appears under." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:309 +msgid ":guilabel:`Advantage Type`: Select from the drop-down menu what type of advantage the benefit is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, :guilabel:`Monthly Advantages in Net`, :guilabel:`Monthly Advantages in Cash`, or :guilabel:`Yearly Advantages in Cash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:312 +msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select from the drop-down menu which salary structure type this advantage applies to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +msgid "Personal info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:318 +msgid "Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* that includes all of their personal information, resume, work information, and documents. To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Payroll` app dashboard, and click on the employee's card, or go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Employees --> Employees` and click on the employee's card. Employee cards can also be viewed by going to the :menuselection:`Employees` app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 +msgid "The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Personal Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1 +msgid "Personal information that appear on employee cards to enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:335 +msgid "To edit an entry, select it from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and modify the entry. When done, click :guilabel:`Save` or :guilabel:`Discard` to save the information or cancel the edits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1 +msgid "New personal information entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:343 +msgid "The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required` box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:347 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a customizable :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a :guilabel:`Document`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:351 +msgid "Once the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 +msgid "Resume" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:357 +msgid "Currently, the :guilabel:`Resume` feature found inside the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot b/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot index 0c05b97d8..231126456 100644 --- a/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot +++ b/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo saas-16.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-27 15:04+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-08-18 05:58+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -82,7 +82,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 msgid "Overview" @@ -192,79 +191,79 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Process to Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 msgid "Simple Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 msgid "To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to *Operations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 msgid "Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 msgid "From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with the stock moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 msgid "If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add additional steps for the different operation types." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 msgid "When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:50 msgid "If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply scan the next product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 msgid "Delivery Orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 msgid "When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:64 msgid "Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the *Previous* and *Next* buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:72 msgid "Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 msgid "Internal Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 msgid "When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:87 msgid "If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct, you donā€™t need to scan them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 msgid "If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways of working:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:96 msgid "If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:101 msgid "If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the lot/serial number." msgstr "" @@ -336,15 +335,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 msgid "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:16 @@ -356,7 +355,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 @@ -366,47 +365,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 msgid "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 msgid "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the *Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 msgid "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly at creation on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 msgid "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the template product. Otherwise, you wonā€™t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 msgid "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 msgid "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the *Print* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 msgid "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:70 msgid "Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your own barcode format for internal use." msgstr "" @@ -420,129 +419,266 @@ msgid "Inventory adjustments" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:5 -msgid "In any warehouse management system, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not always match the actual inventory counts in the warehouse. The discrepancy between the two counts can be due to theft, damages, human errors, or other factors. As such, inventory adjustments must be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse." +msgid "In any warehouse management system, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not always match the actual inventory counts in the warehouse. The discrepancy between the two counts can be due to damages, human errors, theft, or other factors. As such, inventory adjustments must be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:11 -msgid "In Odoo, inventory adjustments can be accessed through :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:12 +msgid "Inventory Adjustments page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:14 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page shows all products that are currently in stock. Each line contains the following information:" +msgid "To view the *Inventory Adjustments* page, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:17 -msgid ":guilabel:`Product`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:-1 +msgid "In stock products listed on the Inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:18 -msgid ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:19 -msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:22 -msgid "Add a new line" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:21 +msgid "On the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, all products that are currently in stock are listed, with each product line containing the following information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:24 -msgid "To add an inventory adjustment line, click :guilabel:`Create` and fill in the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` fields. Then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location in the warehouse where a product is stored." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:27 -msgid "At this stage, the count is recorded but not yet *applied*. Meaning the quantity on hand is not yet updated to match the new :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product whose quantity is listed on the inventory adjustment line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:26 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the tracking identifier assigned to the specific product listed. It can contain letters, numbers, or a combination of both." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:30 -msgid "To apply the new :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, click :guilabel:`Apply` on the line or the :guilabel:`Apply All` button on the top of the page. If :guilabel:`Apply All` is clicked, a reference or reason can be entered before clicking :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgid "If a specific product has a quantity of more than `1.00` in stock, and more than one serial number (or lot number) assigned to it, each uniquely-identified product is displayed on its own product line with its own lot/serial number, displayed under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the quantity of the product currently recorded in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the *unit of measure* in which the product is measured. Unless otherwise specified (i.e., in :guilabel:`Pounds` or :guilabel:`Ounces`), the default :abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` is :guilabel:`Units`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the real quantity counted during an inventory count. This field is left blank by default, but can be changed, depending on if it matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:42 +msgid ":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, once an inventory adjustment is made. The difference is automatically calculated after every inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:45 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made. If not otherwise specified, this date will default to the 31st of December of the current year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the person assigned to the count in the database. This can either be the person physically counting the inventory, or applying the count in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Category`: the category assigned internally to a specific product. Unless otherwise specified (i.e., as :guilabel:`Consumable` or :guilabel:`Rental`), the default *Product Category* is set to :guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:52 +msgid ":guilabel:`Available Quantity`: the quantity of a specific product that is currently available, based on any outstanding/uncompleted sales orders, purchase orders, or manufacturing orders that might change the available quantity once fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:55 +msgid ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date on which the adjustments will be accounted in the Odoo *Accounting* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose database these inventory adjustments are being made on. The company is listed in the top right corner of the database, next to the user currently logged in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:61 +msgid "Some columns are hidden by default. To reveal these columns, click the :guilabel:`additional options` button (three dots icon) to the far right of the form's top row, and select any desired column to reveal by clicking the checkbox next to that option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:66 +msgid "Create an inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:68 +msgid "To create a new inventory adjustment from the :menuselection:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so creates a new, blank inventory adjustment line at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:72 +msgid "On this blank inventory adjustment line, click the drop-down menu under the :guilabel:`Product` column, and select a product. If the selected product is tracked using either lots or serial numbers, the desired lot or serial number can also be chosen from the drop-down menu under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:77 +msgid "Next, set the value in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column to the quantity counted for that product during the inventory adjustment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:81 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` for new inventory adjustments is set to `0.00` by default. An inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` is recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history, so it should be set to reflect the actual quantity counted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:85 +msgid "To the right of the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` and :guilabel:`User` can also be changed via their respective drop-down menus. Changing the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` changes the date that the inventory adjustment should be processed on, and selecting a responsible :guilabel:`User` assigns a user to the specific inventory adjustment (for traceability purposes)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:91 +msgid "Once all changes have been made to the new inventory adjustment line, click away from the line. Doing so saves the adjustment, and moves the line to the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:156 +msgid "If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is less than the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **red**. If the quantities match, and haven't been changed at all, no value appears in the :guilabel:`Difference` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:-1 +msgid "Difference column on inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:104 +msgid "At this stage, the count (:dfn:`inventory adjustment`) is recorded, but not yet applied. This means that the quantity on hand before the adjustment has not yet been updated to match the new, real counted quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:108 +msgid "There are two ways to apply the new inventory adjustment. The first way is to click the :guilabel:`Apply` button on the line at the far right of the page. The second way is to click the checkbox on the far left of the line. Doing so reveals new button options at the top of the page, one of which is an :guilabel:`Apply` button. Clicking this button instead causes an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment Reference / Reason` pop-up window to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:114 +msgid "From this pop-up menu, a reference or reason can be assigned to the inventory adjustment. By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Reference / Reason` field is pre-populated with the date the adjustment is being made on, but can be changed to reflect whatever reference or reason is desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:118 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:-1 msgid "Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is specified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:125 msgid "Count products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:42 -msgid "Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each product line." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:127 +msgid "Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:46 -msgid "If a count matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, click on :guilabel:`Set`, which will copy the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` field and paste it in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` field. A move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` will be recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:131 +msgid "On each product line, identify whether the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column recorded in the database matches the newly-counted value. If the recorded value and the counted value do match, click the :guilabel:`Set` button (target icon) at the far right of the product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:51 -msgid "If a count does *not* match the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, record the count in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` field. When :guilabel:`Apply` is clicked, a move with the difference between the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` will be recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:135 +msgid "Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the :guilabel:`Difference` column to `0.00`. Subsequently, once applied, an inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` is recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:-1 +msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:144 +msgid "If the newly-counted value for a given product does **not** match the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, instead of clicking the :guilabel:`Set` button, record the real value in the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:148 +msgid "To do so, click the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column on the specific inventory adjustment line for the product whose count is being changed. This automatically assigns a :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` of `0.00`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:152 +msgid "To change this value, type in a new value that matches the real, newly-counted value. Then, click away from the line. Doing so saves the adjustment, and automatically adjusts the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:162 +msgid "Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:-1 msgid "Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:61 -msgid "Sometimes a count occurs, but can not be applied in the database right away. In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, product moves can occur. In that case, the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` in the database can change and will not be consistent with the counted quantity. As an extra caution measure, Odoo will ask for confirmation before applying the inventory adjustment." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:170 +msgid "Sometimes a count occurs, but cannot be applied in the database right away. In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, product moves can occur. In that case, the on-hand quantity in the database can change and no longer be consistent with the counted quantity. As an extra precaution, Odoo asks for confirmation before applying the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:68 -msgid "Plan counts" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:177 +msgid "Change inventory count frequency" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:70 -msgid "Each inventory adjustment line contains the following information:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:179 +msgid "By default, the *scheduled date* for inventory adjustments are always scheduled for the 31st of December of the current year. However, for some companies, it is crucial that they have an accurate inventory count at all times. In such cases, the default scheduled date can be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:72 -msgid ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:73 -msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the person in charge of the count." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:74 -msgid ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the adjustments will be accounted. The column is hidden by default, but can be made visible by opening the column options icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:78 -msgid "In the Barcode app, users can only view counts assigned to them that are scheduled for today or earlier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:81 -msgid "To plan big counts, select the desired product lines on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page. Then, click :guilabel:`Request a Count` and fill in the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:84 -msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:85 -msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:86 -msgid ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will be accounted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:87 -msgid ":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` of each product line blank, select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To prefill the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` of each product line with the current value recorded in the database, select :guilabel:`Set Current Value`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:91 -msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:93 -msgid "By default, after an inventory adjustment is applied, the scheduled date for the next count is the 31st of December of the current year. To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Operations` and change the date in the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:183 +msgid "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting, which includes a drop-down menu that is set to `31 December` by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:-1 msgid "Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month setting." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:191 +msgid "To change the day, click the :guilabel:`31`, and change it to a day within the range `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:194 +msgid "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-down menu, and select the desired month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:197 +msgid "Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:200 +msgid "Plan big inventory counts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:202 +msgid "To plan big inventory counts, such as a full count of everything currently in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:205 +msgid "Then, select the desired products to be counted by clicking the checkbox on the far left of each product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:209 +msgid "To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, click the checkbox at the very top of the table, in the header row next to the :guilabel:`Location` label. This selects **all** product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:-1 +msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:217 +msgid "Once all desired products have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Request a Count` button at the top of the page. This causes a :guilabel:`Request a Count` pop-up window to appear. From this pop-up, fill in the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:221 +msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:222 +msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:223 +msgid ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will be accounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:224 +msgid ":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the on-hand quantity of each product line blank, select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To prefill the on-hand quantity of each product line with the current value recorded in the database, select :guilabel:`Set Current Value`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:228 +msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:231 +msgid "In the Odoo *Barcode* app, users can only view inventory counts that are assigned to **them**, and are scheduled for **today** or **earlier**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:235 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:3 msgid "Cycle counts" msgstr "" @@ -2677,15 +2813,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Use different units of measure" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:7 msgid "In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary. For example, a business can buy products from a country that uses the metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the imperial system, so the business needs to convert the units. Another case for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big pack from a supplier and then sells those products in individual units." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:13 msgid "Odoo can be set up to use different units of measure for one product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 msgid "To use different units of measure in Odoo, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Products` and activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` setting. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" @@ -2693,11 +2829,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 msgid "Units of measure categories" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:29 msgid "After enabling the units of measure setting, view the default units of measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Units of Measures --> UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit conversion, Odoo can only convert a product's units from one unit to another only if both units belong to the same category." msgstr "" @@ -2705,19 +2841,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set units of measure categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:38 msgid "Each units of measure category has a reference unit. The reference unit is highlighted in blue in the :guilabel:`Uom` column of the :guilabel:`Units of Measure Categories` page. Odoo uses the reference unit as a base for any new units." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:42 msgid "To create a new unit, first select the correct category. For example, to sell a product in a box of six units, click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category line. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit`. After that, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` field, title the new unit `Box of 6`. In the :guilabel:`Type` field, select :guilabel:`Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure`. In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter `6.00000` since a box of six is six times bigger than the reference unit (`1.00000`). Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:51 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add a line`. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we will use for the Egg product. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure for the category which is ā€œUnitsā€ here." msgstr "" @@ -2725,136 +2861,329 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Convert products from one unit to another as long as they belong to the same category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:60 msgid "Specify a product's units of measure" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 msgid "To set units of measure on a product, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products` and click on a product to open its settings. Then, click on :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:65 msgid "In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. The specified unit will also be the unit used to keep track of the product's inventory and internal transfers. Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is purchased in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 msgid "Unit conversion" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:74 msgid "Buy products in the Purchase UoM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:76 msgid "When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the Purchase app, Odoo automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can be manually edited on the RFQ." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:80 msgid "After the RFQ is confirmed into a purchase order (PO), click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top right corner of the PO. Odoo automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the delivery receipt shows the converted quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:85 msgid "For example, if the product's purchase UoM is `Box of 6` and its sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the PO shows the quantity in boxes of six, and the delivery receipt shows the quantity in units." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "Replenishment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:92 msgid "A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button. After clicking :guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The purchase unit of measure can be manually edited here if needed. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to create the RFQ." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:97 msgid "Next, click the :guilabel:`Units Forecasted` smart button on the product form and scroll down to :menuselection:`Forecasted Inventory --> Requests for quotation`. Click on the RFQ reference number to open the draft RFQ. The purchase UoM can also be edited here if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:102 msgid "Sell in a different UoM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:104 msgid "When creating a new quotation in the Sales app, Odoo automatically uses the product's specified unit of measure. However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can be manually edited on the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:107 msgid "After the quotation is sent to the customer and confirmed into a sales order (SO), click on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top right corner of the SO. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the product's inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the delivery shows the converted quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:112 msgid "For example, if the product's UoM on the SO was changed to `Box of 6`, but its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the SO shows the quantity in boxes of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" +msgid "Units of measure, packages, and packagings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:5 +msgid "In Odoo, there are a variety of ways to specify the amount of products being bought, stocked, and sold. *Units of measure*, *packages*, and *packagings* are all available to streamline inventory flows, allowing for a variety of configurations for products as they enter and leave the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:10 msgid "Units of measure" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 -msgid "Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:-1 -msgid "Specify unit of measure for handling a product vs. when it's purchased." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:12 +msgid "A *unit of measure (UoM)* refers to any of the different standards used to measure and handle a quanitifiable amount of products, such a units, weight, time, or size. Different :abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` for weight, for example, can be kilos, pounds, ounces, grams, and so on." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 -msgid "Once a product has a :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` and a :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` set on the product form, Odoo can automatically convert the different units in the product's purchase/sales orders and the orders' respective delivery orders/receipts. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the *same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length, etc.)." +msgid "In Odoo, stock management and purchasing from suppliers are streamlined by specifying different :abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` for both buying and selling products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:21 -msgid "For example, a product can have its :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` set to `feet (ft)` and its :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` set to `centimeters (cm)`. When a purchase order (PO) is created for that product, it will list the quantity in centimeters. Then, when the PO is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a receipt and converts the centimeters to feet. The receipt will list the quantity in feet." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:-1 +msgid "Specify unit of measure for selling a product vs purchasing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:28 -msgid "Packages" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:23 +msgid "Once a product has a default :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` and :guilabel:`Purchase Unit of Measure` set on the product form, Odoo automatically converts the different units in the product's purchase/sales orders and the corresponding delivery orders/receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:30 -msgid "A package refers to the physical container that holds one or several products from a picking. For example, when a product is ready for delivery, its quantities can be separated into two different packages. In Odoo, the quantity of products in each package can be recorded in the database. Make sure the :guilabel:`Packages` option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:27 +msgid "The only condition is that all of the units have to be in the *same category* (unit, weight, volume, length, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:31 +msgid "On the product form for `Rope`, the following fields are set as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:33 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` in `ft` (feet), and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Purchase Unit of Measure` in `cm` (centimeters)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:36 -msgid "On a delivery order, separate the products into different packages by setting the :guilabel:`Done` quantity to the desired quantity in the first package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put in Pack` to record the first package. Repeat for each package." +msgid "Because the vendor sells rope in `cm`, the purchase :guilabel:`UoM` is used to represent the quantity on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, which is also in centimeters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 +msgid "Display purchase order for the product, rope, in centimeters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +msgid "After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the quantity of product (found under the now visible :guilabel:`Demand` column) is converted from the purchase :abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` to the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Then, when the product is received by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate` button, the quantity in :guilabel:`Done` is automatically adjusted to match the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:50 +msgid "On the *receipt* for `Rope`, the quantities are automatically converted from `500 cm` that was requested on the purchase order, to `16.40 ft` to match the internal/stock :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 +msgid "Rope quantity is converted from cm to ft during warehouse reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:59 +msgid ":ref:`Use Different Units of Measure `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:62 +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:64 +msgid "Packages are a physical container that holds one or several products from a picking, typically used for outgoing deliveries or internal transfers. Packages can be a reusable or disposable (shipping) box, and are **not** specific to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:68 +msgid "Reusable boxes temporarily hold products during a picking to be brought to either a packing or shipping area. Disposable boxes are the actual shipping containers (e.g. cardboard boxes, envelopes, shipping bags, etc). These are used to ship the products out to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:72 +msgid "Multiple items in a sales order (SO) can be separated into different packages to accommodate the products. For example, an :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` that has 20 boxes of pencils and 4 boxes of erasers can be separated into two separate packages, each containing 10 boxes of pencils and 2 boxes of erasers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:78 +msgid "Products do *not* have to be divided equally. Products can be divided into as many packages that are needed to accommodate the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:81 +msgid "In Odoo, the quantity of products in each package needs to be recorded, so there is a full history for each product, including which package each item is shipped out in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:84 +msgid "To use this method, ensure the :guilabel:`Packages` option is enabled, by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`. Click the :guilabel:`Packages` check box, and then :guilabel:`Save` to activate the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:88 +msgid "On a delivery order, assign which package to use by clicking on the :guilabel:`ā‰£ (Detailed Operations)` icon to the right of each product in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:-1 -msgid "Separate delivery into different packages" +msgid "Find detailed operations icon to the right on the product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:-1 -msgid "Separate delivery package details" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:95 +msgid "Clicking the :guilabel:`ā‰£ (Detailed Operations)` icon of a product reveals a pop-up window. In this window, the :guilabel:`Product` name, :guilabel:`Demand`, and :guilabel:`Quantity Done` are clearly displayed above the customizable product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:99 +msgid "Here, the warehouse location the product is coming from can be modified, in addition to the :guilabel:`Source Package` and :guilabel:`Destination Package`, which represents what package(s) the product(s) will be packaged into." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:103 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to include each additional package used. Enter the desired amount in the :guilabel:`Done` field to specify the amount of products that will go into the :guilabel:`Destination Package`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:108 +msgid "Multiple packages in a single delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:110 +msgid "Although a :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is typically associated with a single package, orders can be split by clicking the :guilabel:`ā‰£ (Detailed Operations)` icon next to the products on an :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` line. This opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` window with an editable table to specify which products are intended for which package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:116 +msgid "To package 10 boxes of pencils with 2 boxes of erasers from the same :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, begin by navigating to the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`. Then, select the :guilabel:`ā‰£ (four horizontal lines)` icon to the right of the product, `Box of Pencils`. Clicking the icon opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` window that is used to detail how products, like the 20 `Box of Pencils`, are packaged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:122 +msgid "Type in `10` under the :guilabel:`Done` field to package 10 products into the :guilabel:`Destination Package`. To specify the destination package, type the name of an existing package (such as `PACK0000006`) under the field, :guilabel:`Destination Package`. If the package does not exist, Odoo displays the :guilabel:`Create` button to create a new package. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to assign the remaining products in another package, `PACK0000007`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 +msgid "Detailed operations pop-up where the amount of product going in a pack can be specified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:132 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` on the product line for `Box of Erasers` and similarly set 2 :guilabel:`Done` products to `PACK0000006` and `PACK0000007` each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 +msgid "Put in pack button to match the done amount matches the demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:139 +msgid "Once all the products for each line have been entered, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to return to the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:142 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Done` quantity on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` updates as products are selected for each package. When the :guilabel:`Done` amount matches the :guilabel:`Demand` amount, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to complete the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:147 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Put In Pack` button is intended to quickly package all products in the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` into one new package. The option to rename the package, or modify its contents, is available in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:151 +msgid "Clicking on the :guilabel:`Packages` smart button in the upper-right corner of the delivery order reveals a separate page, showing all the packages used in that :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:155 msgid "Packagings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:51 -msgid "Packaging refers to a standard container that holds several unit of a product. For example, cans of soda can be in a 6-pack, 15-pack, or even a pallet for the packaging." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:157 +msgid "*Packaging* is product specific, and refers to a disposable container that holds several units of a specific product. Unlike packages, packagings cannot be reusable, and each specific packaging must be defined on the individual product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 -msgid "In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sales/purchase orders and inventory transfers. The main difference between packagings and units of measure is that packagings are defined at the product level while UoMs are generic." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:161 +msgid "For example, different packages for cans of soda can be configured as a 6-pack, a 12-pack, or a case of 36. Each flavor of soda would need a `6`, `12`, and `36` can packaging configured on the individual product since packagings are product specific, not generic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:-1 -msgid "Different product packaging examples." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:166 +msgid "Set up packagings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:-1 -msgid "Package field on purchase order." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:168 +msgid "To use packagings, ensure the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` feature is enabled. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, under the :guilabel:`Products` heading, check the box next to :guilabel:`Product Packagings`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:67 -msgid "Packaging is also useful during product reception. When scanning the barcode of the packaging, Odoo automatically adds the number of units contained in the packing on the picking." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:173 +msgid "In Odoo, product packagings are used on sales/purchase orders and inventory transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:71 -msgid ":doc:`uom`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:175 +msgid "Next, to create packagings, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and click on the desired product, then click :guilabel:`Edit` on the product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:178 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Packaging` section, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, a pop-up window appears, in which the following information for each packaging should be entered:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:182 +msgid ":guilabel:`Packaging`: name of packaging that appears on sales/purchase orders as a packaging option for the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:184 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contained quantity`: amount of product in the packaging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:185 +msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: identifier used with the :ref:`Barcode app ` to trace the packaging of a product during stock moves or pickings. Leave blank if not in use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:187 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: indicates the packaging is only available at the selected company. Leave blank to make the packaging available across all companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:191 +msgid "Create a packaging type for 6 cans of the product, `Grape Soda`, by naming the :guilabel:`Packaging` to `6-pack` and setting the :guilabel:`Contained quantity` to `6` in the pop-up window that appears after clicking on :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 +msgid "Create 6-pack case for product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:199 +msgid "When all the necessary information has been entered, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the packaging and return to the product detail form, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the packaging and create another one in a fresh pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:204 +msgid "View all product packagings in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 +msgid "Show packaging and contained quantities, specified on the product page form in the\n" +"Inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:212 +msgid "View all packagings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:214 +msgid "To view all packagings that have been created, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Packagings`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page with a complete list of all packagings that have been created for all products. Create new packagings by clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:220 +msgid "Two soda products, `Grape Soda` and `Diet Coke`, have three types of packaging configured. On the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page, each product can sold as a `6-Pack` that contains 6 products, `12-Pack` of 12 products, or a `Case` of 32 products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 +msgid "List of different packagings for products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:229 +msgid "Apply packagings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:231 +msgid "When creating a sales order in the :menuselection:`Sales` app, specify the packagings that should be used for the product(s). The chosen packaging is displayed on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` under the :guilabel:`Package` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:236 +msgid "18 cans of the product, `Grape Soda`, is packed using three 6-pack packagings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 +msgid "Assign packagings on the Sales Order Line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:243 +msgid "Packaging can be used in conjunction with Odoo :ref:`Barcode `. When receiving products from suppliers, scanning the packaging barcode automatically adds the number of units in the packaging to the internal count of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:5 @@ -3409,7 +3738,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:141 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:35 msgid "Create a sales order" msgstr "" @@ -3549,12 +3878,13 @@ msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:46 msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:71 msgid "On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, select (or create) a :guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable :guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to finalize the quote as a new purchase order." msgstr "" @@ -3568,7 +3898,7 @@ msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:91 msgid "Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." msgstr "" @@ -3577,7 +3907,7 @@ msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:61 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:100 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 msgid "Process the receipt" msgstr "" @@ -3628,7 +3958,7 @@ msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:194 msgid "Process the delivery" msgstr "" @@ -3681,11 +4011,11 @@ msgid "Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate t msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:46 -msgid "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Edit` to change the warehouse settings." +msgid "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click on the warehouse to change the warehouse settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:50 -msgid "Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish." +msgid "Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:-1 @@ -3693,23 +4023,19 @@ msgid "Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:59 -msgid "Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and *output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and :guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard. To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, and then click :guilabel:`Edit`. On the location form, update the :guilabel:`Location Name`, make any other changes (if necessary) and :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +msgid "Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and *output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and :guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard. To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations`, and select the :guilabel:`Location` to change. On the location form, update the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any other changes (if necessary)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:66 msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:72 -msgid "On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, select (or create) a :guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable :guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to finalize the quote as a new purchase order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:77 msgid "For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` form may need to be specified as the correct *input location* connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at the end of the name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:84 -msgid "After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` form ā€” click it to reveal the associated receipt." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:83 +msgid "After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` form ā€” click it to reveal the associated receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:-1 @@ -3721,11 +4047,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "One receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:102 msgid "The receipt and internal transfer will be created once the purchase order is confirmed. The status of the receipt will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed first. The status of the internal transfer will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfer cannot happen until the receipt is completed. The status of the internal transfer will only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the receipt has been marked as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:108 msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the :guilabel:`Input Location`." msgstr "" @@ -3734,11 +4060,11 @@ msgid "Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, then the product will be trans "WH/Input location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:117 msgid "Process the internal transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119 msgid "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer is ready to move the product into stock. Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, and on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` kanban card." msgstr "" @@ -3747,7 +4073,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "One Internal Transfer ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:128 msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the stock and is available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" @@ -3755,16 +4081,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:138 msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:145 -msgid "In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Select or create a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:143 +msgid "In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:149 -msgid "After confirming the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form. Click it to reveal the associated delivery forms." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:147 +msgid "After confirming the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top, above the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form. Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal the associated receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:-1 @@ -3772,7 +4098,7 @@ msgid "After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showi "associated with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:157 msgid "Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card." msgstr "" @@ -3780,15 +4106,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:166 msgid "Process the picking" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 msgid "The picking and delivery order will be created once the sales order is confirmed. When the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears, click it to reveal the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard, which lists both the picking and the delivery orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:172 msgid "The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must be picked from stock before it can be shipped. The status of the delivery order will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the delivery cannot happen until the picking is completed. The status of the delivery order will only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the picking has been marked as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" @@ -3797,15 +4123,15 @@ msgid "Ready status for the pick operation while the delivery operation is Waiti "Operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:183 msgid "Click on the picking delivery order to begin processing it. If the product is in stock, Odoo will automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the picking as :guilabel:`Done`, then the delivery order will be ready for processing. Since the documents are linked, the products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:196 msgid "The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the picking is completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application, on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card to begin." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:201 msgid "The delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can also be quickly accessed by clicking on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button again, and choosing the delivery order on the :guilabel:`Transfers` page (which should now be marked as :guilabel:`Ready`)." msgstr "" @@ -3813,11 +4139,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209 msgid "Click on the delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, then click on :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:217 msgid "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`WH/Output` location on the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" @@ -5582,7 +5908,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr "" @@ -5713,7 +6038,6 @@ msgid "On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on **Deli msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 msgid "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on **Set price**." msgstr "" @@ -5754,7 +6078,6 @@ msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 msgid ":doc:`labels`" msgstr "" @@ -5951,74 +6274,115 @@ msgid "If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will b msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" +msgid "Multi-package shipments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 -msgid "By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is fully integrated with the third-party shippers." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:5 +msgid "In some cases, a delivery order with multiple items may need to be shipped in more than one package. This may be necessary if the items are too large to ship in a single package, or if certain items cannot be packaged together. Shipping a single delivery order in multiple packages provides flexibility for how each item is packaged, without the need to create multiple delivery orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 -msgid "To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick **Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 +msgid "In order to split a delivery order across multiple packages, the *Packages* setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Packages`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 -msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:-1 +msgid "The Packages setting on the Inventory app settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:24 +msgid "Ship items in multiple packages" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 -msgid "Sale process" +msgid "To split items in the same delivery order across multiple packages, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Delivery Orders`, then select a delivery order that has multiple items, a multiple quantity of the same item, or both." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 -msgid "Sale order" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:30 +msgid "On the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, select the :guilabel:`āžā‰£ (menu)` icon in the line of the product that will be shipped in the first package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 -msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:-1 +msgid "The menu icon for a product in a delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 -msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:37 +msgid "This makes a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window appear. In the table at the bottom of the pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Reserved` column shows the total quantity of the product included in the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 -msgid "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information from it." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:41 +msgid "If the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter the number from the :guilabel:`Done` column in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. If less than the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter a smaller number than the one that appears in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the :guilabel:`Done` quantities and close the pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 -msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:-1 +msgid "The Detailed Operations pop-up for a product in a delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 -msgid "Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:51 +msgid "Repeat the same steps for every item quantity that is included in the first package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put In Pack` to create a package with all of the selected items." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 -msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:-1 +msgid "The Put In Pack button on a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 -msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." +msgid "For the next package, follow the same steps as detailed above, marking the quantity of each item to be included in the package as :guilabel:`Done` before clicking :guilabel:`Put In Pack` on the delivery order. Continue doing so until the full quantity of all items are added to a package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 -msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:62 +msgid "Finally, after all of the packages have been shipped, click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the delivery order has been completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 -msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" +msgid "After one or more packages are created, a :guilabel:`Packages` smart button appears in the top-right corner of the delivery order. Click the :guilabel:`Packages` smart button to go to the :guilabel:`Packages` page for the delivery order, where each package can be selected to view all of the items included in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 -msgid "Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:0 +msgid "The Packages smart button on a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 -msgid "The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history underneath:" +msgid "Create a backorder for items to be shipped later" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:78 +msgid "If some items will be shipped at a later date than others, there is no need to put them in a package until they are ready to be shipped. Instead, create a backorder for the items being shipped later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:81 +msgid "Begin by shipping the items that will be shipped immediately. If they will be shipped in multiple packages, follow the :ref:`steps above ` to package them as required. If they will be shipped in a single package, simply mark in the :guilabel:`Done` column the quantity of each item being shipped, but **do not** click the :guilabel:`Put In Pack` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:86 +msgid "After all quantities being shipped immediately are marked as :guilabel:`Done`, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button, and a :guilabel:`Create Backorder?` pop-up window appears. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button. Doing so confirms the items being shipped immediately and creates a new delivery order for the items that will be shipped later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:-1 +msgid "The Create Backorder? pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:95 +msgid "The backorder delivery order will be listed in the chatter of the original delivery order in a message that reads :guilabel:`The backorder WH/OUT/XXXXX has been created.`. Click on :guilabel:`WH/OUT/XXXXX` in the message to view the backorder delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:-1 +msgid "The backorder delivery order listed in the chatter of the original delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:103 +msgid "The backorder delivery order can also be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# Back Orders` button on the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and selecting the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:-1 +msgid "The Back Orders button on the Delivery Orders card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:111 +msgid "Once the remaining items are ready to be shipped, navigate to the backorder delivery order. The items can be shipped in a single package by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` and selecting :guilabel:`Apply` on the :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that appears, or shipped in multiple packages by following the steps detailed in the section above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:116 +msgid "It is also possible to ship out some of the items while creating another backorder for the rest. To do so, simply follow the same steps used to create the first backorder." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:5 @@ -6078,6 +6442,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Delivery process" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 +msgid "Sale order" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 msgid "You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a product." msgstr "" @@ -6516,6 +6885,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +msgid "Sale process" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 msgid "You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery method** to choose the right one." msgstr "" @@ -7012,6 +7385,110 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3 +msgid "Scrap during manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:5 +msgid "During the manufacturing process, the need to scrap manufacturing components or finished products may arise. This can be necessary if a component or product is damaged, or unusable for any other reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:9 +msgid "By default, scrapping a component or finished product removes it from physical inventory and places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual Locations/Scrap*. A virtual location is **not** a physical space, but rather a designation in Odoo that is used to track items that are no longer in physical inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:14 +msgid "Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for both components and finished products to be scrapped within a manufacturing order. The specific type of item that can be scrapped during a manufacturing order depends on the stage of the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:19 +msgid "Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:23 +msgid "To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, then remove the :guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display all virtual locations. From the list, select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29 +msgid "Scrap manufacturing components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:31 +msgid "To scrap components during the manufacturing process, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Manufacturing Orders`, then select a manufacturing order or click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new one. If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:36 +msgid "Once the manufacturing order has been confirmed, a :guilabel:`Scrap` button appears at the top of the page. Click the button and a :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:-1 +msgid "The scrap button on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:43 +msgid "From the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu on the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window, select the component that is being scrapped, then enter the quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:-1 +msgid "The Scrap pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:52 +msgid "Before clicking :guilabel:`Mark As Done` on a manufacturing order, only the components of the finished product can be scrapped, **not** the finished product itself. This is because Odoo recognizes that the finished product cannot be scrapped before it has been manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:56 +msgid "After scrapping a component, continue the manufacturing process using the required quantity of the component that was scrapped. The on-hand stock count for the component that was scrapped updates to reflect both the scrapped quantity and the quantity consumed during manufacturing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:61 +msgid "If the manufacturing of a table requires four units of a table leg, and two units of the table leg were scrapped during the manufacturing process, the total quantity of table legs consumed will be six: four units used to manufacture the table plus two units scrapped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:66 +msgid "Scrap components from tablet view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:68 +msgid "Components can also be scrapped from the manufacturing tablet view. To do so, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab on a manufacturing order, then click the :guilabel:`šŸ“± (tablet view)` icon for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:-1 +msgid "The tablet view icon for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:76 +msgid "With tablet view open, click the :guilabel:`ā˜° (menu)` button at the top left of the screen, then select the :guilabel:`Scrap` button on the :guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window. The :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window then appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:-1 +msgid "The Scrap button on the Menu pop-up window of the manufacturing tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:84 +msgid "Finally, select a component from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter the quantity being scrapped in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:88 +msgid "Scrap finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:90 +msgid "Odoo also allows for finished products to be scrapped from a manufacturing order once the order is completed. After clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done`, click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button to make the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:94 +msgid "Since the components have been consumed to create the finished product, they will no longer appear in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Instead, the finished product will be available as an option. Select the finished product and enter the quantity to be scrapped in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the finished product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:99 +msgid "The on-hand stock count for the product that was scrapped will update to reflect both the scrapped quantity and the quantity produced during manufacturing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:103 +msgid "If five units of a chair were manufactured, but two units were scrapped after manufacturing was completed, then the on-hand inventory of the chair will increase by three: five units manufactured minus two units scrapped." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 msgid "Manage semi-finished products" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/marketing.pot b/locale/sources/marketing.pot index 5fed85cbf..8f2d4379e 100644 --- a/locale/sources/marketing.pot +++ b/locale/sources/marketing.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo saas-16.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-10 08:34+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-08-18 05:58+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -20,6 +20,762 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Marketing" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:6 +msgid "Email marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:8 +msgid "Emails are an effective, fully-customizable form of communication that are able to reach any target audience - large or small. The success of an email is easily measurable, especially when a creative call-to-action is involved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:12 +msgid "Odoo *Email Marketing* provides professional-grade email design tools, templates, and features, designed to simplify the otherwise complex process required to create engaging emails, build successful campaigns, and track their overall effectiveness in a single application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:136 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:21 +msgid "Email marketing dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:23 +msgid "To get started, click on the :menuselection:`Email Marketing` app icon, located on the main Odoo dashboard, which leads to the main :guilabel:`Email Marketing` dashboard (in the default kanban view)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:27 +msgid "To see all the mailings in the database, remove the default :guilabel:`My Mailings` filter from the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the main dashboard of the Odoo Email Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:35 +msgid "In the search bar, by default, the filter: :guilabel:`My Mailings` is present. That means the only information being seen (at that time) on the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` dashboard are emails that the current user has created, sent, or is responsible for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:39 +msgid "This filter can be removed by clicking the :guilabel:`X` next to :guilabel:`My Mailings` in the search bar. Doing so, reveals all the information for every email in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:43 +msgid "Default kanban view and stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:45 +msgid "The four kanban columns each represent the various stages of emails that have been built or sent within the *Email Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:48 +msgid "The stages are: :guilabel:`Draft`, :guilabel:`In Queue`, :guilabel:`Sending`, :guilabel:`Sent`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:50 +msgid ":guilabel:`Draft`: means the email is still being written/created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`In Queue`: means the email is scheduled, and sent at a later date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:52 +msgid ":guilabel:`Sending`: means the email is currently being sent to its recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`Sent`: means the email has already been sent to its recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:55 +msgid "In each stage, there are drag-and-drop cards representing the email campaigns that have been created, and the stage they are in represents the current status of that mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:58 +msgid "Each mailing block on the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` dashboard provides key information related to that specific email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:61 +msgid "When the cursor hovers over the upper-right corner of an email campaign card, three vertical dots (:guilabel:`ā‹®`) appear. When clicked, a mini drop-down menu reveals the option to color-code the email :guilabel:`Delete` the email altogether, or :guilabel:`Archive` the message for potential future use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the three-dot drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:70 +msgid "In the upper-right corner of the main :guilabel:`Email Marketing` dashboard, there are other view options to choose from: :guilabel:`List` and :guilabel:`Graph`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:76 +msgid "The :guilabel:`List` view (represented by the :guilabel:`ā˜° (three vertical lines)` icon) provides the same key information, but in a classic list format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +msgid "How the List view appears in the Odoo Email Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:84 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:86 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Graph` view (represented by the :guilabel:`šŸ“Š (bar graph)` icon) provides the same key information, but in a variety of customizable graph (and chart) layouts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +msgid "How the Graph view appears in the Odoo Email Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:93 +msgid "In the upper-left corner, there is a :guilabel:`Measures` menu, providing even more filter options to further customize the graph views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:96 +msgid "Those :guilabel:`Measures` options are: :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage`, :guilabel:`Color Index`, and :guilabel:`Count` (which is selected, by default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:100 +msgid "Filters, Group By, and Favorites search options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:102 +msgid "Regardless of the view chosen for the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` dashboard, the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group by`, and :guilabel:`Favorites` options are always available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:105 +msgid "These options provide various ways to specify and organize the information seen on the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:110 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:112 +msgid "This drop-down menu provides different ways to filter email campaigns on the dashboard. The options are: :guilabel:`My Mailings`, :guilabel:`Sent Date`, :guilabel:`Archived`, and :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`. If :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` is selected, Odoo reveals an additional drop-down menu, with three customizable fields to fill in, in order to retrieve results that fit more specific criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:0 +msgid "View of filters drop-down menu options on the Odoo Email Marketing dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:121 +msgid "Group By" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:123 +msgid "This drop-down menu provides different ways to filter email information on the dashboard. The options are: :guilabel:`My Mailings`, :guilabel:`Sent Date`, :guilabel:`Archived`, and :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`. If :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` is selected, Odoo reveals an additional drop-down menu, with three customizable fields to fill in, and Odoo reveals the appropriate results that fit that specific criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:0 +msgid "View of the Group By drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:132 +msgid "Favorites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:134 +msgid "This drop-down menu provides different ways to incorporate past search filters and other record-related options to customize the dashboard. The options are: :guilabel:`Save current search`, :guilabel:`Import records`, :guilabel:`Add to my dashboard`, and :guilabel:`Add to Google Spreadsheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:0 +msgid "View of the Favorites drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:143 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:145 +msgid "To view (and modify) the *Email Marketing* settings, navigate to :menuselection:`Email Marketing application --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the Settings page in the Odoo Email Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:152 +msgid "On this :guilabel:`Settings` page, there are three features available. The features are: :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`, :guilabel:`Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing`, and :guilabel:`Dedicated Server`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:156 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`: enables the option to manage mass mailing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:157 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing`: allows recipients to blacklist themselves from future mailings during the unsubscribing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:159 +msgid ":guilabel:`Dedicated Server`: provides the option to utilize a separate, dedicated server for mailings. When enabled, Odoo reveals a new field (and link), in which the specific server configurations must be entered, in order for it to connect properly to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:164 +msgid "Create an email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:166 +msgid "To create an email, open the :menuselection:`Email Marketing` application, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button in the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:169 +msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Create` reveals a blank email detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +msgid "View of a blank email detail form in Odoo Email Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:175 +msgid "First, enter a :guilabel:`Subject` to the email. The :guilabel:`Subject` is visible in the recipients' inbox, allowing them to get quickly see what the message is about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:179 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Subject` field is mandatory. An email can not be sent without a :guilabel:`Subject`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:183 +msgid "The :guilabel:`ā˜ŗ (smiley face)` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`Subject` field (and :guilabel:`Preview Text` field) represents emojis. Click that :guilabel:`ā˜ŗ (smiley face)` icon to reveal a menu of emojis that can be used in either field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:187 +msgid "Next, there is the option to enter some :guilabel:`Preview Text`. This text is a catchy preview sentence that encourages recipients to open the message. In most inboxes, this is displayed next to the subject." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:192 +msgid "Keep the :guilabel:`Preview Text` empty to show the first characters of the email content, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:196 +msgid "Recipients" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:198 +msgid "After that, it's time to choose the recipients of this email, which can be completed in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +msgid "View of recipients drop-down menu in the Odoo Email Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:205 +msgid "The default option is :guilabel:`Mailing List`. If :guilabel:`Mailing List` option is selected, a specific :guilabel:`Mailing List` needs to be chosen from the adjacent :guilabel:`Select mailing lists` field drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:209 +msgid "Then, Odoo will only send this email to contacts on that specific mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:214 +msgid "When the :guilabel:`Recipients` field is clicked, a drop-down menu of other options is revealed. Each option provides different ways Odoo can create a target audience for the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:217 +msgid "Those options (excluding the default :guilabel:`Mailing List`) provide the option to create a more specified recipient filter, in an equation-like format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:220 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Recipients` field options are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:222 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant`: filter focuses on specific job applicants in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:223 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contact`: filter focuses on specific contacts in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:224 +msgid ":guilabel:`Event Registration`: filter focuses on people in the database who purchased event registrations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:226 +msgid ":guilabel:`Event Track`: filter focuses on people in the database who hosted a specific talk (track) at an event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:228 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`: filter focuses on leads or opportunities in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:229 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mailing Contact`: filter focuses on specific mailing contacts in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:230 +msgid ":guilabel:`Sales Order`: filter focuses on a specific sales orders in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:232 +msgid "If the specified recipient fields don't automatically reveal themselves, simply click the :guilabel:`Add Filter` button beneath the :guilabel:`Recipients` field, and Odoo reveals the necessary equation fields to further drill down the target recipients for this mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:237 +msgid "Add a recipient filter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:239 +msgid "To add a more specified recipient filter, select any recipient option (other than :guilabel:`Mailing List`), and clicking :guilabel:`Add Filter`, if needed, to reveal three fields, formatted like an equation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:243 +msgid "To reveal the sub-menu options, click each field, and make the desired selections, until the preferred configuration has been achieved. The number of :guilabel:`Records` that match the rule(s) are indicated to the right of the :guilabel:`Recipients` field, in green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +msgid "View of how recipient filters can be customized in Odoo Email Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:191 +msgid "Some sub-menu options in the first rule field allow for a second choice to provide even more specificity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:255 +msgid "To the right of each rule, are :guilabel:`Ɨ (Delete node)`, :guilabel:`ļ¼‹ (Add node)`, and :guilabel:`ā‹Æ (Add branch)` icons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:258 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Ɨ (Delete node)` icon deletes a specific node (line) of the rule. The :guilabel:`ļ¼‹ (Add node)` icon adds a node (line) to the rule. And, the :guilabel:`ā‹Æ (Add branch)` icon adds a branch to the node. A branch means two additional, indented sub-nodes are added to the rule, providing even more specificity to the line above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:264 +msgid "Mail body tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:266 +msgid "At the bottom of the email form are two tabs: :guilabel:`Mail Body` and :guilabel:`Settings`. Let's focus on :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:269 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab, there are a number of pre-configured message templates to choose from. Select the desired template, and modify every element of its design details with Odoo's drag-and-drop building blocks, located on the right sidebar. Each building block provides unique features and professional design elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the building blocks used to create mailings in Odoo Email Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:279 +msgid "To build an email from scratch, select the :guilabel:`Plain Text` template, and Odoo provides a blank email canvas, which can be customized in a number of ways - either by using the front-end rich text editor that accepts slash (:guilabel:`/`) commands, or with the XML code editor when :ref:`Developer Mode (debug mode) ` is engaged, and the :guilabel:`` icon is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:286 +msgid "Settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:288 +msgid "To the right of the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab is the :guilabel:`Settings` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:291 +msgid "The options available in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab will be different, depending on if the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature is activated in the :guilabel:`Settings` page of the :menuselection:`Email Marketing` application (:menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Configuration --> Settings`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:296 +msgid "Without the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature activated, the :guilabel:`Settings` tab on the email detail form looks like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +msgid "View of settings tab in Odoo Email Marketing app, without settings activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:303 +msgid ":guilabel:`Responsible`: choose an employee (in the database) to be responsible for this particular email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:305 +msgid ":guilabel:`Send From`: designate an email alias that'll display as the sender of this particular email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:307 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reply To`: designate an email alias to whom all the replies to this particular email will be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:309 +msgid ":guilabel:`Attachments`: if any specific documents are required (or helpful) for this event invite, they can be sent along with this email, by clicking :guilabel:`ATTACH A FILE`, and adding the appropriate document(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:313 +msgid "When the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature *is* activated, additional :guilabel:`Marketing` options appear in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab, which look like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +msgid "View of settings tab in Odoo Email Marketing when settings are activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:320 +msgid "The additional features are: :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign`, :guilabel:`Allow A/B Testing`, and :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:324 +msgid "Mailing campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:326 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign` field provides the option to add this particular email to a previously-made email campaign in the database. Click the empty field to reveal a drop-down menu containing all previously-made mailing campaigns in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +msgid "View of a mailing campaign drop-down menu in Odoo Email Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:334 +msgid "If the desired campaign isn't available in the initial drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Search More` to reveal a complete list of all mailing campaigns in the database. Or, type the name of the desired mailing campaign in the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign` field, until Odoo reveals the desired campaign in the drop-down menu. Then, select the desired campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:340 +msgid "Create new mailing campaign (from Settings tab)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:342 +msgid "To create a new campaign from this :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign` field, start typing the name of this new campaign, and select :guilabel:`Create [Campaign Name]` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:345 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create` to add this new mailing campaign to the database, and modify its settings in the future. And click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...` to add this new mailing campaign to the database, and Odoo reveals a pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the email mailing campaign pop-up window in Odoo Email Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:353 +msgid "Here, the new mailing campaign can be further customized. Adjust the :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, assign a :guilabel:`Responsible`, and add :guilabel:`Tags`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:356 +msgid "The top row of the :guilabel:`Create: Mailing Campaign` pop-up window is filled with analytical smart buttons. Each of which displays various metrics related to the campaign. When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate, more detailed page with even more in-depth statistics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:360 +msgid "The option to instantly a new communication from this pop-up window is available in the upper-left corner. The adjustable status bar is located in the upper-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:363 +msgid "When all modifications are ready to be finalized, click :guilabel:`Save`. To delete the entire campaign, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:367 +msgid "Create new mailing campaign (from Campaigns page)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:369 +msgid "When the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature is activated, a new :guilabel:`Campaigns` option appears in the header of the *Email Marketing* application. Campaigns can also be created on this :guilabel:`Campaigns` page in the *Email Marketing* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:373 +msgid "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Campaigns --> Create`. When that's clicked, a pop-up window appears, in which the :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can be added directly on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the campaign pop-up window in Odoo Email Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:381 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the campaign to the database, and freely edit it later on. Or, click :guilabel:`Edit` and Odoo reveals the campaign template form on a separate page, providing the opportunity to further edit the campaign, send communications related to the campaign, and analyze various metrics related to the campaign, via the smart buttons at the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:387 +msgid "A/B testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:389 +msgid "Back in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of the mailing, if the :guilabel:`Allow A/B Testing` box is checked, recipients are only be mailed to once. This allows different mailings to be sent to randomly selected recipients. This tests the overall effectiveness of the mailing, and eliminates the need for duplicate messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:394 +msgid "The :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage` field represents the percentage of contacts in the database that this message will be mailed to, as a part of the :guilabel:`A/B Testing`. Enter a number between `1-100`. The recipients are randomly chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:399 +msgid "Send, schedule, or test" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:401 +msgid "After finalizing the mailing, Odoo provides the following options in the upper-left corner of the email template page. Those options are: :guilabel:`Send`, :guilabel:`Schedule`, and :guilabel:`Test`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:405 +msgid "While in :guilabel:`Edit` mode, there are also buttons to :guilabel:`Save` or :guilabel:`Discard` the mailing, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:408 +msgid ":guilabel:`Send` - Click to have Odoo send the email to the desired recipients. When Odoo has sent the mailing, the status changes to *Sent*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:410 +msgid ":guilabel:`Schedule` - Click to reveal a pop-up window, in which a future date-time is chosen. Odoo sends the mailing to the desired recipients at that specified date-time. When a date-time is chosen, the status of the mailing changes to *In Queue*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:413 +msgid ":guilabel:`Test` - Click to reveal a pop-up window, in which Odoo allows a sample email to be sent for testing purposes. Enter the desired recipient's email address in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field, and click :guilabel:`Send Sample Mail`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:416 +msgid ":guilabel:`Save` - Click to save the mailing as a draft, which can be edited (and sent) at a later date. When clicked, the status of the mailing stays as :guilabel:`Draft`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:418 +msgid ":guilabel:`Discard` - Click to discard any changes that have been made since the last save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:421 +msgid "When :guilabel:`Save` or :guilabel:`Discard` is selected (while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode), those options are replaced with an :guilabel:`Edit` button and a :guilabel:`Create` button. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to re-enter :guilabel:`Edit` mode. Click :guilabel:`Create` to start creating a new mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:427 +msgid "By default, there's a daily limit applied for **all emails** sent throughout *all* applications. So, if there are remaining emails to be sent after a limit has been reached, those mailings *will not* be sent automatically the next day. The sending needs to be forced, by opening the email and clicking :guilabel:`Retry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:15 +msgid "Mailing lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:5 +msgid "Mailing lists are important for a number of reasons. Mailing lists can provide valuable leads for sales teams, communicate with focus groups participants, contact consumers directly for useful feedback, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:10 +msgid "Create mailing lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:12 +msgid "To create a mailing list in the *Email Marketing* application, navigate to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Clicking :guilabel:`Create` reveals a pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the mailing list pop-up in the Odoo Email Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:19 +msgid "In the pop-up, name the mailing list and designate if the mailing list should be public with the :guilabel:`Is Public` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:22 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Is Public` option allows the mailing list to be accessible by recipients in the unsubscription page, making it possible for them to update their subscription preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:25 +msgid "After those options have been configured, click :guilabel:`Create` to create the mailing list, which Odoo automatically adds to the :guilabel:`Mailing Lists` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:29 +msgid "Add contacts to a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:31 +msgid "After a mailing list has been created (and added to the :guilabel:`Mailing Lists` dashboard), click on the desired mailing list to add contacts to the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:34 +msgid "Clicking the desired mailing list reveals a separate :guilabel:`Mailing List Contacts` page, in which contacts can be added to this specific list by clicking :guilabel:`Create`, and adding contact information directly on a separate contact detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:38 +msgid "Or, while in the :menuselection:`Email Marketing` application, navigate to :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts`. Doing so reveals a separate page with all the mailing list contacts in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:42 +msgid "From here, click :guilabel:`Create`, and add a contact with the same previous steps. Or, click the :guilabel:`Import` icon (to the right of the :guilabel:`Create` button) to import contacts into the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:46 +msgid "Once contacts are in the database, click into the desired contact's detail form, and add the preferred mailing list in the :guilabel:`Mailing List` tab (at the bottom of the contact detail form), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the desired mailing list. Multiple mailing lists can be added to a single contact's detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:-1 +msgid "View of a contact detail form with mailing list tab in Odoo Email Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:56 +msgid "Create new mailing list from contact detail form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:58 +msgid "To create a mailing list from a contact detail form, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and type in the name of a new mailing list in the empty field that appears. Then, select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the new mailing list drop-down on contact form in Odoo Email Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:66 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Create` option quickly creates the mailing list to the contact detail form, and the list can be configured at a later date. The :guilabel:`Create and Edit...` option creates the mailing list, and reveals a pop-up window, in which the new mailing list can be configured right away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the create and edit mailing list pop-up in Odoo Email Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:76 +msgid "Link a mailing list to website (Newsletter blocks)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:78 +msgid "When a mailing list is created in the database, Odoo provides the option to directly link the mailing list on the Odoo-built website (created via Odoo's :guilabel:`Website` application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:81 +msgid "To link a mailing list to a website, navigate to the front-end of the website, and enter :guilabel:`Edit` mode by clicking :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-right corner. When clicked, Odoo reveals a right-sidebar, filled with drag-and-drop *Building Blocks* that are packed with various features, options, and design elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:86 +msgid "Then, to add a *subscription field* for a specific mailing list onto a website, drag-and-drop any of the :guilabel:`Newsletter` options (:guilabel:`Newsletter Block`, :guilabel:`Newsletter Popup`, or :guilabel:`Newsletter`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:91 +msgid "To quickly locate the :guilabel:`Newsletter` building block options (while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode on the front-end of the website), type `Newsletter` into the search bar, located in the right sidebar, under the :guilabel:`Blocks` tab, and Odoo reveals the three different :guilabel:`Newsletter` block options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:0 +msgid "View of how to quickly search for Newsletter blocks in the Odoo Website application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:100 +msgid "When a :guilabel:`Newsletter` block is dragged onto the body of the website, Odoo reveals a pop-up window, in which the desired mailing list is selected from a drop-down menu (and linked) to this block on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the add mailing list subscription pop-up on an Odoo Website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`Newsletter Block` - Adds a block onto the webpage, providing visitors with the option to add their email address to this mailing list, and subscribe to future communications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:111 +msgid "Here's an example of a :guilabel:`Newsletter Block`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:0 +msgid "View of a sample newsletter block in the Odoo Website application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Newsletter Popup` - Tells Odoo to reveal a subscription pop-up window to occur at a certain part of the webpage. When the visitor scrolls to this predetermined point, a pop-up subscription window appears, asking for their email address to subscribe to the mailing list. The pop-up window can be edited further to fit any business needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:121 +msgid "Here's an example of a :guilabel:`Newsletter Popup`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:0 +msgid "View of a sample newsletter pop-up sample on an Odoo Website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Newsletter` - Provides visitors with a simple field to add their email address to the mailing list, and subscribe to future mailings in the footer (or anywhere else on the page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:129 +msgid "Here's an example of a :guilabel:`Newsletter` dynamic block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:0 +msgid "View of a Newsletter dynamic block on an Odoo Website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:73 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/marketing/email_marketing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Manage unsubscriptions (Blacklist)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:5 +msgid "Providing recipients with the power to unsubscribe from mailing lists is not only a smart business practice, it's often a legal requirement. By allowing recipients to unsubscribe from a mailing list establishes a sense of trust with an audience, and helps companies appear genuine (and not spammy)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:10 +msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:12 +msgid "First, the *Blacklist* feature must be enabled. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, enable to :guilabel:`Blacklist Options when Unsubscribing`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the blacklist feature in the Settings page of the Odoo Email Marketing app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:20 +msgid "With that feature activated, an *Unsubscribe* link appears in mailings. If a recipient clicks that link, Odoo reveals a :guilabel:`Unsubscriptions` page, where they can directly manage their subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:25 +msgid "With a test mailing, clicking the :guilabel:`Unsubscribe` link reveals an error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). To make sure the link is working properly, create the mailing, and only send it to a personal email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:102 +msgid "Blacklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:32 +msgid "In addition to having the option to *Unsubscribe* from specific mailing lists, the recipient can also *Blacklist* themselves, meaning they will not receive *any* more emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:36 +msgid "The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:38 +msgid "To view a complete collection of blacklisted email addresses, navigate to :menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Blacklisted Email Addresses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the blacklisted email addresses page in Odoo Email Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:45 +msgid "When a blacklisted record is selected from this page, Odoo reveals a separate page with that blacklisted recipient's contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:-1 +msgid "View of a blacklisted contact detail form in Odoo Email Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:52 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Chatter` of this page, there's a time-stamped message, informing the user when that recipient blacklisted themselves (via a :guilabel:`Mail Blacklist created` log note)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:56 +msgid "Unblacklist contacts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:58 +msgid "To *Unblacklist* contacts, click the :guilabel:`Unblacklist` button in the upper-left corner to remove the contact from the blacklist, allowing them to receive mailings once again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:61 +msgid "When :guilabel:`Unblacklist` is clicked, a pop-up appears. In this pop-up, the specific email address is listed, and there's a :guilabel:`Reason` field, in which a reason can be entered, explaining why this particular contact was removed from the blacklist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the unblacklist pop-up window in the Odoo Email Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:69 +msgid "After filling in the fields, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to officially remove that particular contact from the blacklist." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events.rst:5 msgid "Events" msgstr "" @@ -248,10 +1004,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Add Filter` reveals three fields, formatted like an equation. To reveal the sub-menu options, click each field, and make the desired selections, until the preferred configuration has been acheived. The number of :guilabel:`Records` that match the rule(s) are indicated to the right of the :guilabel:`Recipients` field, in green." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:191 -msgid "Some sub-menu options in the first rule field allow for a second choice to provide even more specificity." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:194 msgid "To the right of each rule, are :guilabel:`x`, :guilabel:`+`, and :guilabel:`...` icons. The :guilabel:`x` icon deletes a specific node (line) of the rule. The :guilabel:`+` icon adds a node (line) to the rule. And, the :guilabel:`...` icon adds a branch to the node. A branch means two additional, indented sub-nodes are added to the rule, providing even more specificity to the line above it." msgstr "" @@ -608,7 +1360,6 @@ msgid "Lastly, in the :guilabel:`Lead Default Values` section, designate a :guil msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:8 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:3 msgid "Marketing Automation" msgstr "" @@ -627,83 +1378,100 @@ msgid "Understanding metrics" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:5 -msgid "Metrics are detailed statistics that measure the progress (and success) of marketing campaigns. When creating marketing activities in a workflow, Odoo will visually display various metrics related to the campaign with graphs and data." +msgid "Metrics are detailed statistics that measure the progress and success of marketing campaigns. When creating marketing activities in a workflow, Odoo visually displays various metrics related to the campaign with detailed graphs and in-depth data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 -msgid "Consider the following example:" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "A typical line graph in a marketing automation workflow showcasing the success rate of an email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 msgid "An example of a marketing automation campaign in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:15 -msgid "In this case, the :guilabel:`Target` of this campaign is set to :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity` and was narrowed down to only focus on the Leads (or Opportunities) whose :guilabel:`Tag Name` contain a value of `product` and they *also* have an email address set up in the database." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:16 +msgid "In this case, the :guilabel:`Target` of this campaign is set to :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, and was narrowed down to *only* focus on the leads (or opportunities) whose :guilabel:`Tag Name` contains a value of `product` ā€” and *also* have an email address set up in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 -msgid "Beneath the filter nodes, Odoo will display how many records in the database fall into the previously-specified criteria filter. In this example, there are 18 records in the database that match the criteria." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 +msgid "Beneath the filter nodes, Odoo displays how many records in the database fall into the previously-specified criteria filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:-1 -msgid "Lead generation filters used to refine records on marketing automation campaigns in Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:24 +msgid "Below, there are 18 records in the database that match the criteria." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:27 -msgid "At the top of the marketing automation form, there are a series of smart buttons. The :guilabel:`Participations` smart button in this example indicates that, out of those 18 records, 25 have become participants. In other words, they have matched the criteria, and have already interacted with the campaign in one way or another." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "Lead generation filters used to refine records on automation campaigns in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:33 -msgid ":guilabel:`Records` represent a real-time number. Therefore, while the workflow is running, changes in opportunity records (deletions, additions, adjustments) may occur. This means there will be real-time updates to the number of :guilabel:`Records`, but such updates do *not* change the number of :guilabel:`Participants`, as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have already been set as :guilabel:`Participants` before - Odoo will just add new ones. That's why the number of :guilabel:`Records` can be different from the number of :guilabel:`Participants` from time to time." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:30 +msgid "At the top of the marketing automation campaign form, there are a series of smart buttons. The :guilabel:`Participations` smart button in this example indicates that, out of those 18 records, 25 have become participants. In other words, they have matched the criteria, and have already interacted with the campaign in one way or another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Records` represent a real-time number. Therefore, while the workflow is running, changes in opportunity records (deletions, additions, or adjustments) may occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:39 +msgid "This means there will be real-time updates to the number of :guilabel:`Records`, but such updates do *not* change the number of :guilabel:`Participants`, as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have already been set as :guilabel:`Participants` before ā€” Odoo just adds new ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:44 +msgid "That's why the number of :guilabel:`Records` can be different from the number of :guilabel:`Participants` from time to time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:-1 msgid "Difference between real-time record count and total participants on a markeing campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:51 msgid "Whenever the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will look at the :guilabel:`Target` model, and check if new :guilabel:`Records` have been added (or modified), which always keeps the flow up-to-date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:50 -msgid "The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose that specific :guilabel:`Tag` in the meantime will be excluded from later activities." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:56 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Filter` here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose that specific tag (`product`) in the meantime will be excluded from later activities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:54 -msgid "Filters can also be applied to individual activities, in the :guilabel:`Domain` section of the activity pop-up form. Use this feature to specify an individual filter that will only be performed if the records satisfy *both* filter criteria - the activity filter and its specific domain filter." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:60 +msgid "Filters can also be applied to individual activities, in the :guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Activity` pop-up form. Use this feature to specify an individual filter that will *only* be performed if the records satisfy *both* filter criteria ā€” the activity filter and its specific domain filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:59 -msgid "(*Example*: when configuring an SMS activity, make sure a certain phone number is set, in order to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent.)" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:66 +msgid "When configuring an SMS activity, make sure a certain phone number is set, in order to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 msgid "A relevant targeting filter that applies to a type of individual activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:66 -msgid ":guilabel:`Success` represents the number of times the searching for participants - who match the criteria filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully, in relation to the total number of participants. If a participant does *not* match the conditions, it will be added to :guilabel:`Rejected`." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Success` represents the number of times that the searching for participants ā€” who match the criteria filter(s) of that activity ā€” was performed successfully, in relation to the total number of participants. If a participant does *not* match the conditions, it will be added to the :guilabel:`Rejected` number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:-1 msgid "Overview showing participants who do or do not match filtering criteria on an activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 -msgid "Hovering over the graph, Odoo displays the number of successful and rejected participants, per day, over the last 15 days." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:82 +msgid "Hovering over the graph on an automation activity block, Odoo displays the number of successful and rejected participants, per day, over the last 15 days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79 -msgid "Whenever a new record is added to the :guilabel:`Target` model, it will automatically be added to the workflow, and it will start the workflow from the beginning (:guilabel:`Parent Action`)." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:86 +msgid "Whenever a new record is added to the :guilabel:`Target` model, it's automatically added to the workflow, and it will start the workflow from the beginning (:guilabel:`Parent Action`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:5 -msgid "The Odoo Marketing Automation app automates a variety of marketing tasks by combining specific rules and filters to generate timed actions. Instead of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (such as a series of timed massmails), the Marketing Automation app allows marketers to build the entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place on one dashboard." +msgid "The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks, by combining specific rules and filters to generate timed actions. Instead of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (such as a series of timed massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build the entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place on a single dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:11 @@ -711,67 +1479,87 @@ msgid "Create a campaign" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:13 -msgid "To create a new automated marketing campaign, open the :guilabel:`Marketing Automation` app and click :guilabel:`Create`. On the :guilabel:`Campaign` page, there are the following smart buttons and fields:" +msgid "To create a new automated marketing campaign, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank marketing automation campaign detail form on a separate page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:17 +msgid "On the blank marketing automation campaign page, the following smart buttons and fields are available:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:-1 msgid "A dashboard showing the creation of a new marketing automation campaign in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:21 -msgid ":guilabel:`Templates`: represents the number of pre-configured mail templates being used in this particular campaign. (Templates can always be created on-the-fly as well)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:23 -msgid ":guilabel:`SMS`: represents the number of personalized SMS messages connected to this campaign." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:24 -msgid ":guilabel:`Clicks`: represents the number of times attached links have been clicked by recipients of this campaign." +msgid "**Smart buttons**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:26 -msgid ":guilabel:`Participants`: represents the number of contacts that have directly participated in this campaign." +msgid ":guilabel:`Templates`: represents the number of pre-configured mail templates being used in this particular campaign. (Templates can always be created on-the-fly, as well)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:28 -msgid ":guilabel:`Target`: this field is a drop-down menu to choose which model is targeted by this campaign (i.e., by Contacts, Sales Order, Lead/Opportunity, etc.)." +msgid ":guilabel:`SMS`: represents the number of personalized SMS messages connected to this campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:32 -msgid "Campaign filters" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:29 +msgid ":guilabel:`Clicks`: represents the number of times attached links have been clicked by recipients of this campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Participants`: represents the number of contacts that have directly participated in this campaign." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:34 -msgid "To add a filter to the target audience, click :guilabel:`Add Filter`, and a node field will appear. In the node field, a custom equation can be configured for Odoo to use when filtering who to include (and exclude) in this specific marketing campaign." +msgid "**Fields**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: represents the name of the marketing automation campaign being created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Target`: this field is a drop-down menu to choose which model is targeted by this campaign (i.e., by Contacts, Sales Order, Lead/Opportunity, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`Filter`: this field provides numerous configurable criteria that can be used to further narrow down the target recipients/audience for the marketing automation campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:43 +msgid "Campaign filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:45 +msgid "To add a :guilabel:`Filter` to the target audience, click :guilabel:`Add Filter`, and a node field appears. In the node field, a custom equation can be configured for Odoo to use when filtering who to include (and exclude) in this specific marketing campaign." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:-1 msgid "A filter node in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:42 -msgid "When the first field of the node is clicked, a nested drop-down menu of options appears on the screen where specific criteria is chosen based on needs of the campaign. The remaining fields on the node further define the criteria which determines which records to include (or exclude) in the execution of the campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:47 -msgid "To add another node, simply click the :guilabel:`+ (plus sign)` icon to the right of the filtering rule. To add a branch of multiple nodes at the same time, click the :guilabel:`... (ellipses)` icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:51 -msgid "For further information on filters, refer to :doc:`this documentation page `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:54 -msgid ":guilabel:`Records` represent the number of contacts in the system that fit the specified criteria for a campaign." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:53 +msgid "When the first field of the node is clicked, a nested drop-down menu of options appears on the screen, wherein specific criteria is chosen based on needs of the campaign. The remaining fields on the node further define the criteria determining which records to include (or exclude) in the execution of the campaign." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:58 -msgid ":doc:`testing_running`" +msgid "To add another node, click the :guilabel:`āž• (plus sign)` icon to the right of the filtering rule. To add a branch of multiple nodes at the same time, click the :guilabel:`ā‹Æ (ellipses)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:59 -msgid ":doc:`workflow_activities`" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:61 +msgid "For further information on filters, refer to :doc:`this documentation page `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:65 +msgid ":guilabel:`Records` represent the number of contacts in the system that fit the specified criteria for a campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:3 @@ -1115,10 +1903,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Moreover, providing an audience with the option to 'unsubscribe' from mailings, helps businesses maintain good customer relations, by giving recipients the power to control what they are (and aren't) sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:15 -msgid "Mailing lists" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:17 msgid "In the :guilabel:`SMS Marketing` app, there's an option on the header menu called :guilabel:`Mailing Lists`. When clicked, a sub-menu is revealed with options for :guilabel:`Mailing Lists` and :guilabel:`Mailing List Contacts`." msgstr "" @@ -1215,10 +1999,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of what the chatter looks like in the Odoo Contacts app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:102 -msgid "Blacklist" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:104 msgid "Odoo *SMS Marketing* has a :guilabel:`Blacklist` feature that provides recipients with the power to add their phone number to a list of people who no longer want to receieve communications or mailings." msgstr "" @@ -2245,10 +3025,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of the calendar view in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 -msgid "List view" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:239 msgid "The list view option is similar to the kanban option, but instead of individual blocks, all the post information is displayed in a clear, list layout. Each line of the list displays the :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, :guilabel:`Message`, and :guilabel:`Status` of every post." msgstr "" @@ -2397,10 +3173,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In Odoo, surveys are used to collect customer feedback, evaluate the success of a recent event, measure the satisfaction of customers (or employees), and gain more insight into shifting market sentiments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:15 msgid "To begin, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application and click :guilabel:`Create`. Odoo then redirects the page to a blank survey template form." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/productivity.pot b/locale/sources/productivity.pot index 5439ca98d..e4e8470b8 100644 --- a/locale/sources/productivity.pot +++ b/locale/sources/productivity.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo saas-16.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-10 08:34+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-08-18 05:58+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -1642,7 +1642,7 @@ msgid "Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112 -msgid "Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming Language)` files `here `_." +msgid "Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming Language)` files `here `_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120 diff --git a/locale/sources/sales.pot b/locale/sources/sales.pot index 1220a1966..7decb90c1 100644 --- a/locale/sources/sales.pot +++ b/locale/sources/sales.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo saas-16.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-27 15:04+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-08-18 05:58+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -3744,7 +3744,7 @@ msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces. If a marketpl msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:132 msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr "" @@ -3829,35 +3829,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:81 -msgid "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +msgid "Issue invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 -msgid "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter orders based on the sales team." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:84 +msgid "Sending invoices to Amazon customers directly from Odoo is not feasible due to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses. Instead, it is possible to manually upload the invoices generated on Odoo to the Amazon backend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 -msgid "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon Payments, with a dedicated intermediary account). You can do the same with the vendor bill received from Amazon and dedicated to commissions. When you receive the balance on your bank account at the end of the month and record your bank statements in Odoo, you simply credit the Amazon intermediary account by the amount received." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:88 +msgid "In addition, for your B2B clients, it is currently required to manually retrieve VAT numbers from the Amazon backend before creating the invoice in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:96 -msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:92 +msgid "For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:98 -msgid "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all of your company's accounts." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +msgid "Register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 +msgid "As customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* journal (for example, named `Amazon payments`) with a dedicated *Bank and Cash* intermediary account is recommended." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:102 +msgid "In addition, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments. Use the dedicated `Amazon payments` :guilabel:`Journal` and select :guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment Method`. Then, select all the payments generated and click :menuselection:`Actions --> Create batch payment --> Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:109 +msgid "The same can be done with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to commissions. When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month and the banks statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary account by the amount received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:114 +msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:116 +msgid "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all of your company's accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:120 msgid "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:124 msgid "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the two registrations of your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:131 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:104 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr "" @@ -4447,83 +4467,91 @@ msgid "Different business policies might require different options for invoicing msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 -msgid "The **Invoice what is ordered** rule is used as **default mode** in Odoo Sales, which means that customers will be invoiced once the sales order is confirmed." +msgid "The *Invoice what is ordered* rule is used as the default mode in Odoo *Sales*, which means customers are invoiced once the sales order is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 -msgid "The **Invoice what is delivered** rule will invoice customers once the delivery is done. This rule concerns businesses that sell materials, liquids or food in large quantities. In these cases, the quantity might diverge a little bit and it is, therefore, preferable to invoice the quantity actually delivered." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:9 +msgid "The *Invoice what is delivered* rule invoices customers once the delivery is done. This rule is often used for businesses that sell materials, liquids, or food in large quantities. In these cases, the ordered quantity may differ slightly from the delivered quantity, making it preferable to invoice the quantity actually delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 -msgid "Being able to have different invoicing options allow you more flexibility. Indeed, you need to know exactly how to invoice your customers for different situations." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:14 +msgid "Being able to have different invoicing options provides more flexibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:17 +msgid "Invoicing policy features" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 -msgid "Activate these features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and under **Invoicing policy** choose the rule you want to apply." +msgid "To activate the necessary invoicing policy features, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Invoicing` heading, select an :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` rule: :guilabel:`Invoice what is ordered` or :guilabel:`Invoice what is delivered`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:-1 -msgid "How to choose your invoicing policy on Odoo Sales?" +msgid "Choosing an invoicing policy on Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 -msgid "If you decide to choose the **Invoice what is delivered** rule, you will not be able to activate the feature called **Automatic invoice**, which automatically generates invoices when the online payment is confirmed." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:29 +msgid "If the :guilabel:`Invoice what is delivered` rule is chosen, it is **not** possible to activate the :guilabel:`Automatic Invoice` feature, which automatically generates invoices when an online payment is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 -msgid "Choose an invoicing policy on a product form" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:34 +msgid "Invoicing policy on product form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 -msgid "From any product page, under the **Sales tab**, you will find the invoicing policy, which can be manually changed." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:36 +msgid "On any product page, via the :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products dashboard`, locate the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` option located under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab. It can be changed manually using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:-1 -msgid "How to change your invoicing policy on a product form on Odoo Sales?" +msgid "How to change your invoicing policy on a product form on Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:45 msgid "Impact on sales flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 -msgid "On Odoo Sales, the basic sales flow will be to create a quotation, send it to your customer, wait for confirmation, confirm the sales order and create an invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 +msgid "In Odoo *Sales*, the basic sales flow starts with the creation of a quotation. Then, that quotation is sent to a customer. Next, it needs to be confirmed, which turns the quotation into a sales order. This, in turn, creates an invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 -msgid "**Invoice what is ordered**: No impact on this basic sales flow. Indeed, you can invoice as soon as the sale is confirmed." +msgid "The following is a breakdown of how invoicing policy rules impact the aforementioned sales flow:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 -msgid "**Invoice what is delivered**: Small impact on sales flow because you will have to manually enter the delivered quantity on the sales order or to install the **Inventory App** to confirm the delivered quantity before creating an invoice, with the **Sales App**. Indeed, if you try to create an invoice without validating the delivered quantity, you will receive an error message as below." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`Invoice what is ordered`: No impact on the basic sales flow. An invoice is created as soon as a sale is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:55 +msgid ":guilabel:`Invoice what is delivered`: Minor impact on sales flow, because the delivered quantity needs to be manually entered on the sales order. Or, the *Inventory* app can be installed and used to confirm the delivered quantity before creating an invoice with the *Sales* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:60 +msgid "If a user attempts to create an invoice without validating the delivered quantity, the following error message appears: :guilabel:`There is no invoiceable line. If a product has a Delivered quantities invoicing policy, please make sure that a quantity has been delivered.`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:0 -msgid "How the choice of your invoicing policy impacts your sales flow on Odoo Sales?" +msgid "If Delivered Quantities invoicing policy is chosen, ensure a quantity has been delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 -msgid "Once the quotation is confirmed and that the status went from **Quotation sent** to **Sales order**, you are able to see your delivered and invoiced quantities directly from your sales order (it is true for both rules)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:69 +msgid "Once a quotation is confirmed, and the status changes from :guilabel:`Quotation sent` to :guilabel:`Sales order`, the delivered and invoiced quantities are available to view, directly from the sales order. This is true for both invoicing policy rule options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:-1 -msgid "How to see your delivered and invoiced quantities on Odoo Sales?" +msgid "How to see your delivered and invoiced quantities on Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 -msgid "Odoo will automatically add the quantities to the invoice (even if it is a partial delivery)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 -msgid "Finally, to create an invoice, you will have different possibilities: regular invoice or down payment (percentage or fixed amount)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:77 +msgid "Odoo automatically adds the quantities to the invoice, both :guilabel:`Delivered` and :guilabel:`Invoiced`, even if it's a partial delivery, when the quotation is confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 -msgid "Be sure to check out our documentation about down payment here: :doc:`down_payment`, to master this incredible feature." +msgid "Finally, there are a few different options to create an invoice: :guilabel:`Regular invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)` or :guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:84 +msgid "Be sure to check out the documentation explaining down payment options to learn more: :doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 @@ -5902,50 +5930,72 @@ msgid "Send Quotations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 -msgid "Use quotations deadline to stimulate your customers" +msgid "Quotation deadlines" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 -msgid "When sending quotations, it is important to set a deadline to encourage your customers to act. Indeed, this will stimulate them because they will be afraid of missing a good deal and it will also allow you to protect yourself in case you have to fulfill an order at a price that is no longer profitable for you." +msgid "In the Odoo *Sales* application, it is possible to set deadlines on sales quotations. Doing so encourages customers to act quickly during sales negotiations, for they might fear for missing out on a good deal. As well, deadlines also can also act as protection for a company in case an order has to be fulfilled at a price that is no longer profitable for the business." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 -msgid "Set a deadline" +msgid "Expiration date deadlines" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 -msgid "With Odoo Sales, it is possible to instantly add an **Expiration Date** from the quotation or the sales order." +msgid "On an Odoo *Sales* quotation, add an expiration date in the :guilabel:`Expiration` field located at the top of the quotation or sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:16 +msgid "To add an expiration date to a quotation, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app`, and select a desired quotation, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19 +msgid "On the quotation form, click :guilabel:`Edit` (if modifying a pre-existing quotation), and click the :guilabel:`Expiration` field. Doing so reveals a drop-down calendar, in which the month and date can be designated as the expiration date of the quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:-1 -msgid "How to configure deadlines on Odoo Sales?" +msgid "How to configure deadlines on Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:22 -msgid "Use deadline in your quotation templates" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:27 +msgid "Once the expiration date is selected, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:24 -msgid "It is also possible to add a deadline to every quotation template created. Whenever a specific quotation template is used in a quote, its associated deadline will be automatically applied. Be sure to check out our documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to excel in their use." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:30 +msgid "Deadlines in quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:32 +msgid "The Odoo *Sales* application also makes it possible to add a deadline to every quotation template. Whenever a specific quotation template is used in a quote, its associated deadline is automatically applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:36 +msgid "To add a deadline to a quotation template, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Quotation Templates`, and either select the desired quotation template to which a deadline should be added, or click :guilabel:`Create` to build a new quotation template from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:40 +msgid "On the quotation template detail page, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to edit the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:42 +msgid "Then, add a specific number of days to the :guilabel:`Quotation expires after` field, located beneath the quotation template name. The number of days represents how long the quotation will be valid for, before it expires. When done, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:-1 -msgid "How to use deadline in a quotation template on Odoo Sales?" +msgid "How to use deadline in a quotation template on Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:34 -msgid "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see when the offer expires. For your information, the number of days will be the same as those mentioned in the quotation template." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:51 +msgid "By clicking the :guilabel:`Customer Preview` button on a quotation, Odoo clearly displays when that specific offer expires. As a reminder, the number of days is the same as those mentioned in the quotation template (if a quotation template was used for the initial quotation)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:0 -msgid "How customers will see deadlines on Odoo Sales?" +msgid "How customers will see deadlines on Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 -msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 @@ -5992,6 +6042,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what your customers will have to choose when it comes to payment." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers`" msgstr "" @@ -6005,48 +6060,55 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 -msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" +msgid "Online signatures for order confirmations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 -msgid "Online signatures are like electronic \"fingerprints\". By using them on Odoo, you will get automatic orders confirmation. You and your customers will save a lot of time by using this feature compared to a traditional process." +msgid "The Odoo *Sales* application provides customers with the ability to confirm orders via an online signature directly on the sales order. Once the sales order is electronically signed by the customer, the salesperson attached to the sales order is automatically notified that the order is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 -msgid "Activate online signature" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:11 +msgid "Activate online signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the **Online Signature** feature." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:13 +msgid "To activate the *online signature* feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`Quotations & Orders` heading, and activate the :guilabel:`Online Signature` feature by checking the box beside it. Then, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the top-left corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:-1 +msgid "How to enable online signature in Odoo Sales settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23 +msgid "On quotation templates, the :guilabel:`Online Signature` feature is located under the :guilabel:`Confirmation` tab." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:0 -msgid "How to enable online signature on Odoo Sales?" +msgid "How to enable online signature on a quotation template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:21 -msgid "If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`, you can activate or not the **Online Signature** feature for each quotation template you use, under their confirmation tab. Example:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30 +msgid "On standard quotations, the :guilabel:`Online Signature` feature is located under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:31 -msgid "Confirm an order with a signature" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:0 +msgid "How to enable online signature on standard quotations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:33 -msgid "When you send quotations to clients, they can instantly accept and sign it online. When they click on **Sign & Pay**, they have the choice to draw their own signature, automatically fill in the field with an automated signature or load a file from their computer. Here below, it is an example of an automated signature:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:38 +msgid "Order confirmations with online signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:40 +msgid "When quotations are sent to clients, there's an option for them to :guilabel:`Sign & Pay` directly on the quotation in the online customer portal. When clicked, clients have the option to draw a signature, fill in the field with an automated signature, or load a file from their computer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:-1 -msgid "How to confirm an order with a signature on Odoo Sales?" +msgid "How to confirm an order with a signature on Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:43 -msgid "Once signed, you will have the possibility to choose your payment methods. Then, when the quotation will be paid and confirmed, a delivery order will be created automatically by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:47 -msgid "Be careful that delivery orders are only generated for storable products and if the **Inventory app** is already installed." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:48 +msgid "Once signed, the various payment method options become available. Then, when the quotation is paid and confirmed, a delivery order is automatically created (if the Odoo *Inventory* app is installed)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/sources/websites.pot b/locale/sources/websites.pot index f0292103d..36ddeed43 100644 --- a/locale/sources/websites.pot +++ b/locale/sources/websites.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo saas-16.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-27 15:04+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-08-18 05:58+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -1768,6 +1768,307 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Categories buttons" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:3 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:5 +msgid "The **eLearning** app allows you to easily upload content, define learning objectives, manage attendees, assess students' progress, and even set up rewards. Engaging participants in a meaningful learning experience enhances their attentiveness and fosters heightened productivity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:10 +msgid "You can manage your eLearning content on the **front end** or the **back end**. The **front end** allows you to create content quickly from your website, while the **back end** provides additional options and allows collaboration. This documentation focuses on using the back end to create your content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:16 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: eLearning `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:19 +msgid "Courses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:21 +msgid "By going to :menuselection:`eLearning --> Courses --> Courses`, you can get an overview of all your courses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:24 +msgid "Click on a course title to edit your course on the back end. Click on :guilabel:`View course` to access your course on the front end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:28 +msgid "Course creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:30 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new course. When the page pops up, you can add your :guilabel:`Course Title` and one or more :guilabel:`Tags` to describe your course. You can add an image to illustrate your course by hovering your mouse on the camera placeholder image and clicking on the edit icon. Four tabs allow you to edit your course further: :ref:`Content `, :ref:`Description `, :ref:`Options `, and :ref:`Karma `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:-1 +msgid "Create your elearning course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:44 +msgid "Content tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:46 +msgid "This tab allows you to manage your course content. Click on :guilabel:`Add Section` to divide your course into different sections. Click on :guilabel:`Add Content` to create :ref:`content `. Click on :guilabel:`Add Certification` to assess the level of understanding of your attendees, certify their skills, and motivate them. **Certification** is part of the :doc:`Surveys <../marketing/surveys/create>` app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:202 +msgid "Description tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:57 +msgid "You can add a short description or information related to your course in the :guilabel:`Description` tab. It appears under your course title on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:-1 +msgid "Add a description to your course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:67 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:69 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Options` tab, different configurations are available: :ref:`Course `, :ref:`Communication `, :ref:`Access rights `, and :ref:`Display `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:-1 +msgid "Overview of the Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:80 +msgid "Course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:82 +msgid "Assign a :guilabel:`Responsible` user for your course. If you have multiple websites, use the :guilabel:`Website` field to only display the course on the selected website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:88 +msgid "Communication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:90 +msgid ":guilabel:`Allow Reviews`: tick the box to allow attendees to like and comment on your content and to submit reviews on your course;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Forum`: add a dedicated forum to your course (only shown if the **Forum** feature is enabled in the app's settings);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:94 +msgid ":guilabel:`New Content Notification`: select an email template sent to your attendees when you upload new content. Click on the internal link button (:guilabel:`āžœ`) to have access to the email template editor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:97 +msgid ":guilabel:`Completion Notification`: select an email template sent to your attendees once they reach the end of your course. Click on the internal link button (:guilabel:`āžœ`) to access the email template editor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:104 +msgid "Access rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Show course to`: define who can access your course and their content between :guilabel:`Everyone`, :guilabel:`Signed In` or :guilabel:`Course Attendees`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`Enroll Policy`: define how people enroll in your course. Select:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:110 +msgid ":guilabel:`Open`: if you want your course to be available to anyone;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`On Invitation`: if only people who received an invitation can enroll to your course. If selected, fill in the :guilabel:`Enroll Message` explaining the course's enrollment process. This message appears on your website under the course title;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:114 +msgid ":guilabel:`On Payment`: if only people who bought your course can attend it. The :guilabel:`Paid Courses` feature must be enabled to get this option. If you select :guilabel:`On Payment`, you must add a :guilabel:`Product` for your course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:119 +msgid "Only products set up with :guilabel:`Course` as their :guilabel:`Product Type` are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:125 +msgid "Display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Training`: the course content appears as a training program, and the courses must be taken in the proposed order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:129 +msgid ":guilabel:`Documentation`: the content is available in any order. If you choose this option, you can choose which page should be promoted on the course homepage by using the :guilabel:`Featured Content` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:136 +msgid "Karma tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:138 +msgid "This tab is about gamification to make eLearning fun and interactive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:140 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Rewards` section, choose how many karma points you want to grant your students when they :guilabel:`Review` or :guilabel:`Finish` a course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:143 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Access Rights` section, define the karma needed to :guilabel:`Add Review`, :guilabel:`Add Comment`, or :guilabel:`Vote` on the course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:147 +msgid "From your course, click the :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` button to reach people who are enrolled in the course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:153 +msgid "Course groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:155 +msgid "Use the **Course Groups** to inform users and allow them to filter the courses from the :guilabel:`All Courses` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:158 +msgid "You can manage them by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Course Groups`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new course group. Add the :guilabel:`Course Group Name`, tick the :guilabel:`Menu Entry` box to allow users to search by course group on the website, and add tags in the :guilabel:`Tag Name` column. For each tag, you can select a corresponding color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:164 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:166 +msgid "You can enable different features to customize your courses by going to :menuselection:`eLearning --> Configuration --> Settings`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:169 +msgid "**Certifications**: to evaluate the knowledge of your attendees and certify their skills;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:170 +msgid "**Paid courses**: to sell access to your courses on your website and track revenues;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:171 +msgid "**Mailing**: to update all your attendees at once through mass mailings;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:172 +msgid "**Forum**: to create a community and let attendees answer each other's questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:177 +msgid "Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:179 +msgid "Manage your content by going to :menuselection:`eLearning --> Courses --> Contents`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create content. Add your :guilabel:`Content Title`, and if you want :ref:`Tags `, then fill in the related information among the different tabs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:-1 +msgid "Create your content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:188 +msgid "Document tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Course`: select the course your content belongs to;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:191 +msgid ":guilabel:`Content Type`: select the type of your content;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:192 +msgid ":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a responsible person for your content;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:193 +msgid ":guilabel:`Duration`: indicate the time required to complete the course;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:194 +msgid ":guilabel:`Allow Download`: allow users to download the content of the slide. This option is only visible when the content is a document;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:196 +msgid ":guilabel:`Allow Preview`: the course is accessible by anyone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:197 +msgid ":guilabel:`# of Public Views`: displays the number of views from non-enrolled participants;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:198 +msgid ":guilabel:`# Total Views`: displays the total number of views (non-enrolled and enrolled participants)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:204 +msgid "You can add a description of your content that appears front end in the :guilabel:`About` section of your course content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:208 +msgid "Additional Resources tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:210 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a link or a file that supports your participants' learning. It appears in the course content on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:-1 +msgid "Additional ressources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:218 +msgid "Quiz tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:220 +msgid "From this tab you can create a quiz to assess your students at the end of the course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:222 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Points Rewards` section lets you give a specific number of karma points depending on how many tries they need to correctly answer the question. Then, create your questions and the possible answers by clicking on :guilabel:`Add a line`. A new window pops up, add the question by filling in the :guilabel:`Question Name` and add multiple answers by clicking on :guilabel:`Add a line`. Tick the :guilabel:`Is correct answer` to mark one or more answers as correct. You can also fill in the :guilabel:`Comment` field to display additional information when the answer is chosen by the participant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:233 +msgid "Content Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:235 +msgid "The **Content Tags** help users to classify the content from the :guilabel:`Contents` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:237 +msgid "You can manage them by going to :menuselection:`eLearning --> Configuration --> Content Tags`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:241 +msgid "Publish your content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:243 +msgid "Everything created on the back end needs to be published from the front end. Unpublished content is always visible from your website but still needs to be published to be available to your audience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:246 +msgid "You must be on your website's front end to publish your content. To do so, click on the :guilabel:`Go To Website` smart button, and tick the :guilabel:`Publish` option available in the right-hand corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:-1 +msgid "Publish your content." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:6 msgid "Live Chat" msgstr "" @@ -3376,6 +3677,278 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Pages" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:7 +msgid "Odoo allows you to create pages for your website and customize their content and appearance to your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:11 +msgid "*Static* pages are pages that have stable content, such as the homepage. You can manually create new ones, define their URL, adapt their :ref:`properties `, etc. *Dynamic* pages, on the other hand, are generated dynamically. All pages generated automatically by Odoo, for example when you install an app or module (e.g., `/shop` or `/blog`) or publish a new product or blog post, are dynamic pages and are therefore managed differently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:18 +msgid "Page creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:20 +msgid "Website pages can be created from the **frontend** and the **backend**. To create a new website page, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:23 +msgid "Either open the **Website** app, click :guilabel:`+ New` in the top-right corner, then select :guilabel:`Page`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:25 +msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages` and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:26 +msgid "Enter a :guilabel:`Page Title`; this title is used in the menu, as well as in the page's URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:27 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:28 +msgid "Customize the page's content and appearance using the website builder, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`Publish ` the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:33 +msgid "Disable :guilabel:`Add to menu` if the page should not appear in the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:36 +msgid "Page management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:41 +msgid "Publishing/unpublishing pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:43 +msgid "Pages need to be published to make them accessible to website visitors. To publish or unpublish a page, access it, then toggle the switch in the upper-right corner from :guilabel:`Unpublished` to :guilabel:`Published`, or vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:-1 +msgid "Unpublished/Published toggle" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:51 +msgid "It is also possible to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:53 +msgid "publish/unpublish a page from the :ref:`page properties `, where you can define a publishing date and/or restrict the page's visibility if needed;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:55 +msgid "publish/unpublish several pages at once: go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages`, select the pages, then, click :guilabel:`Action` and select :guilabel:`Publish` or :guilabel:`Unpublish`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:60 +msgid "Homepage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:62 +msgid "By default, when you create a website, Odoo creates a dedicated :guilabel:`Home` page, but you can define any website page as your homepage. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, then, in the :guilabel:`Website info` section, define the URL of the desired page in the field :guilabel:`Homepage URL` (e.g., `/shop`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:67 +msgid "Alternatively, you can define any static page as your homepage by going to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Properties`. Select the :guilabel:`Publish` tab and enable :guilabel:`Use as Homepage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:73 +msgid "Page properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:75 +msgid "To modify a static page's properties, access the page you wish to modify, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:78 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Name` tab allows you to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:80 +msgid "rename the page using the :guilabel:`Page Name` field;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:81 +msgid "modify the :guilabel:`Page URL`. In this case, you can redirect the old URL to the new one if needed. To do so, enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old URL`, then select the :guilabel:`Type` of :ref:`redirection `:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`301 Moved permanently`: to redirect the page permanently;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:86 +msgid ":guilabel:`302 Moved temporarily`: to redirect the page temporarily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:0 +msgid "Redirect old URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:91 +msgid "You can further adapt the page's properties in the :guilabel:`Publish` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:93 +msgid ":guilabel:`Show in Top Menu`: Disable if you don't want the page to appear in the menu;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:94 +msgid ":guilabel:`Use as Homepage`: Enable if you want the page to be the homepage of your website;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:95 +msgid ":guilabel:`Indexed`: Disable if you don't want the page to be shown in search engine results;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:96 +msgid ":guilabel:`Published`: Enable to publish the page;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:97 +msgid ":guilabel:`Publishing Date`: To publish the page at a specific moment, select the date, click the clock icon to set the time, then click the green check mark to validate your selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:99 +msgid ":guilabel:`Visibility`: Select who can access the page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`All`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Signed In`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:103 +msgid ":guilabel:`Restricted Group`: Select the :doc:`user access group(s) ` in the :guilabel:`Authorized group` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`With Password`: Enter the password in the :guilabel:`Password` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:108 +msgid "*Some* of these properties can also be modified from :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:111 +msgid "Duplicating pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:113 +msgid "To duplicate a page, access the page, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties` and click :guilabel:`Duplicate Page`. Enter a :guilabel:`Page Name`, then click :guilabel:`OK`. By default, the new page is added after the duplicated page in the menu, but you can remove it from the menu or change its position using the menu editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:121 +msgid "Deleting pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:123 +msgid "To delete a page, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:125 +msgid "Access the page, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties` and click :guilabel:`Delete Page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:127 +msgid "A pop-up window appears on the screen with all links referring to the page you want to delete, organized by category. To ensure website visitors don't land on a 404 error page, you must update all the links on your website referring to the page. To do so, expand a category, then click on a link to open it in a new window. Alternatively, you can set up a :ref:`redirection ` for the deleted page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:132 +msgid "Once you have updated the links (or set up a :ref:`redirection `), select the :guilabel:`I am sure about this` check box, then click :guilabel:`OK`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:138 +msgid "URL redirects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:140 +msgid "Redirecting URLs consists in sending visitors and search engines to a URL that is different from the one they originally requested. This technique is used, for example, to prevent broken links when you :ref:`delete a page `, :ref:`modify its URL `, or move your site to a new :doc:`domain `. It can also be used to improve :doc:`pages/seo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:146 +msgid "To access existing URL redirections and create new ones, :doc:`activate the developer mode ` and go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Redirects`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:151 +msgid "A record is added automatically every time you :ref:`modify a page's URL ` and enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old URL`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:153 +msgid "You can set up redirections for static and dynamic pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:155 +msgid "To create a new redirection, click the :guilabel:`New` button, then fill in the fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:157 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name to identify the redirect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:158 +msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: Select the type of redirection:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:160 +msgid ":guilabel:`404 Not found`: visitors are redirected to a 404 error page when they try to access the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:162 +msgid ":guilabel:`301 Moved Permanently`: for permanent redirections of static pages; the new URL is shown in search engine results and the redirect is cached by browsers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:164 +msgid ":guilabel:`302 Moved Temporarily`: for short-term redirections, for example, if you are redesigning or updating the page. The new URL is neither cached by browsers, nor shown in search engine results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:167 +msgid ":guilabel:`308 Redirect / Rewrite`: for permanent redirections of dynamic pages; the new URL is shown in search engine results and the redirect is cached by browsers. Use this redirect type to rename a dynamic page, for example, if you wish to rename `/shop` into `/market`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:171 +msgid ":guilabel:`URL from`: Enter the URL to be redirected (e.g., `/about-the-company`) or search for the desired dynamic page and select it from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:173 +msgid ":guilabel:`URL to`: For 301, 302 and 308 redirects, enter the URL to be redirected to. If you want to redirect to an external URL, make sure to include the protocol (e.g., `https://`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:175 +msgid ":guilabel:`Website`: Select a specific website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:176 +msgid ":guilabel:`Sequence`: to define the order in which redirections are performed, e.g., in the case of redirect chains (i.e., a series of redirects where one URL is redirected to another one, which is itself further redirected to another URL)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:180 +msgid "Toggle the :guilabel:`Activate` switch to deactivate the redirection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:183 +msgid "404, 301 and 302 redirections only work if the original page has been :ref:`unpublished ` or :ref:`deleted `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:187 +msgid "`Google documentation on redirects and search `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:188 +msgid ":doc:`pages/seo`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:3 msgid "Search Engine Optimisation (SEO)" msgstr ""